Table of Contents
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 13, 2008
Registration No. 333
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
ATLAS ENERGY RESOURCES, LLC
ATLAS ENERGY OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
ATLAS ENERGY FINANCE CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware Delaware Delaware | 75-3218520 75-3218521 74-3243996 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) | ||
Westpointe Corporate Center One
1550 Coraopolis Heights Road
Moon Township, PA 15108
(412) 262-2830
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive office)
Matthew A. Jones
Atlas Energy Resources, LLC
Westpointe Corporate Center One
1550 Coraopolis Heights Road
Moon Township, PA 15108
(412) 262-2830
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Please send copies of communications to:
Lisa A. Ernst, Esq.
Mark E. Rosenstein, Esq.
Ledgewood
1900 Market Street, Suite 750
Philadelphia, PA 19103
(215) 731-9450
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after this registration statement becomes effective.
If the only securities being registered on this form are being offered pursuant to dividend or reinvestment plans, please check the following box: o
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box: þ
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box. þ
If this form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction I.D. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box. o
Title of Each Class of | Proposed Maximum | Amount of | ||||
Securities to | Aggregate Offering | Registration | ||||
be Registered | Price | Fee(1) | ||||
Common units | $ | $ | ||||
Preferred units | ||||||
Warrants | ||||||
Debt securities | ||||||
Guarantees(2) | ||||||
(1) | The registrant elects to pay the fee on a deferred basis pursuant to Rules 456(b) and 457(r) under the Securities Act of 1933. | |
(2) | If a series of debt securities is guaranteed, such series will be guaranteed by all subsidiaries other than Anthem Securities, Inc. and “minor” subsidiaries as such term in interpreted in securities regulations governing financial reporting for guarantors. Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no separate fee is payable with respect to the guarantees of the debt securities being registered. |
Table of Contents
The following are co-registrants that may guarantee the debt securities:
Atlas Energy Michigan, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 42-1731124 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Atlas Gas & Oil Company, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Michigan | 33-1171397 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Westside Pipeline Company, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Michigan | 33-1171401 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
AIC, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 20-5365126 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Atlas Energy Ohio, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ohio | 20-5365198 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Atlas Resources, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Pennsylvania | 20-4822875 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Atlas Noble, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 20-5365139 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Atlas America, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Pennsylvania | 20-8243540 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
AER Pipeline Construction, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 20-8029375 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Viking Resources, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Pennsylvania | 20-5365124 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Resource Energy, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 20-5365174 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
Resource Well Services, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 20-5365162 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
REI-NY, LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 20-5365147 | |||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No. | ) |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
Table of Contents
PROSPECTUS
ATLAS ENERGY RESOURCES, LLC
COMMON UNITS, PREFERRED UNITS, WARRANTS,
DEBT SECURITIES AND GUARANTIES
ATLAS ENERGY FINANCE CORP.
ATLAS ENERGY OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
DEBT SECURITIES AND GUARANTIES
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission utilizing a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf process, we may, from time to time, sell any combination of the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings.
This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities we may offer. Each time we sell securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus.
Our common units are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ATN.”
An investment in these securities entails material risks and uncertainties. See “Risk Factors” on page 2 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Prospectus dated March 13, 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ii | ||||
ii | ||||
ii | ||||
1 | ||||
2 | ||||
2 | ||||
2 | ||||
2 | ||||
2 | ||||
3 | ||||
58 | ||||
60 | ||||
77 | ||||
93 | ||||
94 | ||||
94 |
You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date.
Table of Contents
INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The matters discussed or incorporated by reference in this prospectus may include forward-looking statements. These statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” or “will,” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this report are forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:
• | business strategy; | |
• | financial strategy; | |
• | drilling locations; | |
• | natural gas and oil reserves; | |
• | realized natural gas and oil prices; | |
• | production volumes; | |
• | leasing operating expenses, general and administrative expenses and finding and development costs; | |
• | future operating results; and | |
• | plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. |
Other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements in this report are more fully described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update any such statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of these statements to reflect future events or developments.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement onForm S-3 with respect to this offering. This prospectus constitutes only a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, its exhibits and its schedules.
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s web site athttp://www.sec.gov or at our website atwww.atlasenergyresources.com. You may also read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330 for additional information on the public reference room.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with it. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring to these documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus, and information that we file later with the SEC under Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will automatically update and supersede this information.
ii
Table of Contents
We are incorporating by reference the following documents that we have previously filed with the SEC (other than information in such documents that is deemed not to be filed):
• | our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007; and | |
• | our Current Reports onForm 8-K orForm 8-K/A filed September 12, 2007 and January 24, 2008. |
You may request a copy of any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus without charge by writing or calling us at:
Atlas Energy Resources, LLC
Westpointe Corporate Center One
1550 Coraopolis Heights Road
Moon Township, PA 15108
(412) 262-2830
Attn: Brian Begley
You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer to sell these securities or soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or the documents we have incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of those documents.
The statements that we make in this prospectus or in any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus about the contents of any other documents are not necessarily complete, and are qualified in their entirety by referring you to copies of those documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, or as an exhibit to the documents incorporated by reference. You can obtain copies of these documents from the SEC or from us, as described above.
iii
Table of Contents
INFORMATION ABOUT ATLAS ENERGY RESOURCES, LLC
We are a limited liability company focused on the development and production of natural gas and, to a lesser extent, oil principally in northern Michigan and the Appalachian Basin. In northern Michigan, we drill wells for our own account. In the Appalachian Basin, we sponsor and manage tax-advantaged investment partnerships, in which we coinvest, to finance the exploitation and development of our acreage.
We were formed in June 2006 to own and operate substantially all of the natural gas and oil assets and the investment partnership management business of Atlas America, Inc. Atlas America has been involved in the energy industry since 1968, expanding its operations in 1998 when it acquired The Atlas Group, Inc. and in 1999 when it acquired Viking Resources Corporation, both engaged in the development and production of natural gas and oil and the sponsorship of investment partnerships. On June 29, 2007 we acquired DTE Gas & Oil Company from DTE Energy Company (NYSE: DTE) for $1.268 billion in cash, subject to final post-closing adjustments. We are managed by Atlas Energy Management, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atlas America.
Our principal executive offices are located at Westpointe Corporate Center One, 1550 Coraopolis Heights Road, Moon Township, PA 15108 and our telephone number is(412) 262-2830. Our website iswww.atlasenergyresources.com. Except as described in “Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference,” the information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated into, and does not form a part of, this prospectus or any other report or document we file with or furnish to the SEC.
1
Table of Contents
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the specific risks described in our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the risk factors described under the caption “Risk Factors” in any applicable prospectus supplement, and any risk factors set forth in our other filings with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act before making an investment decision. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
USE OF PROCEEDS
Except as otherwise provided in a prospectus supplement, the net proceeds from the sale of the securities will be used for general company purposes. If we do not use the net proceeds immediately, we may temporarily invest them in short-term, interest-bearing obligations.
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for our predecessor, Atlas America E&P Operations, before the date of our initial public offering on December 18, 2006, and our ratio after that date for the periods indicated. Atlas America E&P Operations were the subsidiaries of Atlas America which held its natural gas and oil development and production assets and liabilities, substantially all of which Atlas America transferred to us upon the completion of our initial public offering. References to fiscal 2005 and 2004 are to Atlas America E&P Operations’ fiscal year end, which was September 30. In 2006, Atlas America E&P Operations changed its year end to December 31, so data is provided for the three months ended December 31, 2005.
Three months | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Years ended | ended | Years ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||
September 30, | December 31, | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income statement data: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges | — | — | — | — | — | 4.47 | x |
There was no interest expense in periods prior to the year ended December 31, 2007. For purposes of this computation, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges represents income from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and accounting changes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges means interest expense plus estimated element of rental expense.
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON UNITS
We describe our common units under the heading “Our Limited Liability Company Agreement.”
DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED UNITS
The prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of preferred units will contain a description of the specific terms of that series as fixed by our board of directors, including, as applicable:
• | the number of units; | |
• | the designation; | |
• | the voting powers; | |
• | votes per unit; | |
• | liquidation preferences; | |
• | relative participating, optional or other rights; | |
• | conversion or exchange rights; | |
• | redemption rights; | |
• | the terms or conditions of redemption; | |
• | put and sinking fund provisions; | |
• | dividend rights; and |
2
Table of Contents
• | any other applicable terms. |
In some cases, the issuance of preferred units could delay a change in control of us and make it harder to remove present management. Under certain circumstances, preferred units could also restrict dividend payments to holders of our common units.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBT SECURITIES
General
The debt securities to be offered will constitute either senior or subordinated debt of us or Atlas Energy Operating Company, LLC and will be issued, in the case of senior debt, under a Senior Debt Indenture dated January 23, 2008 (the “Senior Debt Indenture”), as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time, among Atlas Energy Operating Company, LLC, Atlas Energy Finance Corp. and the U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and, in the case of subordinated debt, under a subordinated debt indenture between us or Atlas Energy Operating Company, LLC and the trustee to be named in any prospectus supplement relating to subordinated debt. Atlas Energy Operating Company, LLC and Atlas Energy Finance Corp. have issued $250,000,000 of 10.75% Senior Notes due March 15, 2018 (the “Senior Notes”) under the Senior Debt Indenture before the date of this prospectus. The Senior Debt Indenture and form of subordinated debt indenture are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. A prospectus supplement will contain summaries of certain provisions of the indentures.
Specific Terms of Each Series of Debt Securities in the Prospectus Supplement
A prospectus supplement and a supplemental indenture or authorizing resolutions relating to any series of debt securities being offered will include specific terms relating to the offering. These terms will include some or all of the following:
• | the issuer of the debt securities; | |
• | whether Atlas Energy Finance Corp. will be a co-issuer of the debt securities; | |
• | the guarantors of the debt securities, if any; | |
• | whether the debt securities are senior or subordinated debt securities; | |
• | the title of the debt securities; | |
• | the total principal amount of the debt securities; | |
• | the assets, if any, that are pledged as security for the payment of the debt securities; | |
• | whether we will issue the debt securities in individual certificates to each holder in registered form, or in the form of temporary or permanent global securities held by a depository on behalf of holders; | |
• | the prices at which we will issue the debt securities; | |
• | the portion of the principal amount that will be payable if the maturity of the debt securities is accelerated; | |
• | the currency or currency unit in which the debt securities will be payable, if not U.S. dollars; | |
• | the dates on which the principal of the debt securities will be payable; | |
• | the interest rate that the debt securities will bear and the interest payment dates for the debt securities; | |
• | any conversion or exchange provisions; | |
• | any optional redemption provisions; |
3
Table of Contents
• | any sinking fund or other provisions that would obligate us to repurchase or otherwise redeem the debt securities; | |
• | any changes to or additional events of default or covenants; and | |
• | any other terms of the debt securities. |
We may offer and sell debt securities, including original issue discount debt securities, at a substantial discount below their principal amount. The prospectus supplement will describe special U.S. federal income tax and any other considerations applicable to those securities. In addition, the prospectus supplement may describe certain special U.S. federal income tax or other considerations applicable to any debt securities that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.
Provisions Relating only to the Senior Debt Securities
You will find the definitions of capitalized terms used in this description of Senior Notes under the heading “— Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this description, references to Holdings refers only to Atlas Energy Resources, LLC and not any of its subsidiaries, “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer only to Atlas Energy Operating Company, LLC and not to any of its subsidiaries and “the Issuers” refers to the Company and Atlas Energy Finance Corp. and not to any of their respective subsidiaries.
The Issuers will issue the Senior Notes under the Senior Debt Indenture among the Issuers, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the Senior Notes include those expressly set forth in the Senior Debt Indenture and those made part of the Senior Debt Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Senior Debt Indenture is unlimited in aggregate principal amount. We may issue an unlimited principal amount of additional Senior Notes having identical terms and conditions as the Senior Notes (the “Additional Notes”). We will only be permitted to issue such Additional Notes in compliance with the covenant described under the subheading “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock.” Any Additional Notes will be part of the same issue as the Senior Notes that are currently outstanding and will vote on all matters with the holders of the Senior Notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Senior Debt Indenture and this description of Senior Notes, references to the Senior Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.
This description of Senior Notes is intended to be a useful overview of the material provisions of the Senior Notes and the Senior Debt Indenture. Since this description of Senior Notes is only a summary, you should refer to the Senior Debt Indenture for a complete description of the obligations of the Issuers and your rights.
General
The Senior Notes. The Senior Notes:
• | are general unsecured, senior obligations of the Issuers; | |
• | mature on February 1, 2018; | |
• | will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; | |
• | will be represented by one or more registered Senior Notes in global form, but in certain circumstances may be represented by Senior Notes in definitive form, see “— Book-entry, Delivery and Form”; | |
• | rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Obligations of each of the Issuers; | |
• | rank equally in right of payment with any future senior Indebtedness of each of the Issuers, without giving effect to collateral arrangements; | |
• | will be initially unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by Holdings, Westside Pipeline Company, LLC, Atlas America, LLC, Atlas Noble, LLC, AER Pipeline Construction Inc., Viking Resources, LLC, AIC, LLC, Atlas Energy Ohio, LLC, Atlas Resources, LLC, Atlas Energy Michigan, LLC, Resource Energy, LLC, Resource Well Services, LLC, REI-NY, LLC and Atlas Gas & Oil Company, LLC representing each |
4
Table of Contents
subsidiary of Holdings that currently is a guarantor of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, see “— Guarantees”; and |
• | effectively rank junior to any existing or future secured Indebtedness of each of the Issuers, including amounts that may be borrowed under our Senior Secured Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness. |
Interest. Interest on the Senior Notes will compound semi-annually and will:
• | accrue at the rate of 10.75% per annum; | |
• | accrue from the Issue Date or, if interest has already been paid, from the most recent interest payment date; | |
• | be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1; | |
• | be payable to the holders of record on the January 15 and July 15 immediately preceding the related interest payment dates; and | |
• | be computed on the basis of a360-day year comprised of twelve30-day months. |
If an interest payment date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the interest payment to be made on such interest payment date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such interest payment date, and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment.
Payments on the Senior Notes; Paying Agent and Registrar
We will pay principal of, premium, if any, liquidated damages, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes at the office or agency designated by the Issuers in the City and State of New York, except that we may, at our option, pay interest on the Senior Notes by check mailed to holders of the Senior Notes at their registered addresses as they appear in the registrar’s books. We have initially designated the corporate trust office of the Trustee in New York, New York to act as our paying agent and registrar. We may, however, change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the Senior Notes, and either of the Issuers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.
We will pay principal of, premium, if any, liquidated damages, if any, and interest on, Senior Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company or its nominee in immediately available funds to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such global note.
Transfer and Exchange
A holder may transfer or exchange Senior Notes in accordance with the Senior Debt Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Senior Notes. No service charge will be imposed by the Issuers, the Trustee or the registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of Senior Notes, but the Issuers may require a holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Senior Debt Indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Senior Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Senior Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Notes to be redeemed.
The registered holder of a Senior Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
Optional Redemption
On and after February 1, 2013, we may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Senior Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Senior Notes) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Senior Notes, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
5
Table of Contents
relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years indicated below:
Year | Percentage | |||
2013 | 105.375 | % | ||
2014 | 103.583 | % | ||
2015 | 101.792 | % | ||
2016 and thereafter | 100.000 | % |
Prior to February 1, 2011 we may, at our option, on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes (including Additional Notes) issued under the Senior Debt Indenture with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price of 110.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and liquidated damages, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date);providedthat
(1) at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Senior Notes issued on the Issue Date remains outstanding after each such redemption; and
(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering.
In addition, the Senior Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to February 1, 2013 at the option of the Issuers upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder of Senior Notes at its registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Senior Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Senior Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Senior Note at February 1, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “— Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date) due on such Senior Note through February 1, 2013, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the principal amount of such Senior Note.
“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2013;provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2013 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
6
Table of Contents
Selection and Notice
If the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the outstanding Senior Notes, the Trustee will select the Senior Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Senior Notes are listed or, if the Senior Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Senior Note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Senior Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Senior Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Senior Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the partially redeemed Senior Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Senior Notes or the portion of them called for redemption unless we default in the payment thereof.
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
We are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Senior Notes. However, under certain circumstances, we may be required to offer to purchase Senior Notes as described under the captions “— Change of Control” and “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”
We may acquire Senior Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Senior Debt Indenture. However, other existing or future agreements of Holdings or its Subsidiaries may limit the ability of Holdings, the Issuers or their respective Subsidiaries to purchase Senior Notes prior to maturity.
Ranking
The Senior Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Issuers that rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes will rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future liabilities of each of the Issuers that are not so subordinated and will be effectively subordinated to all of our secured Indebtedness, including Indebtedness Incurred under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness) and liabilities of any of our Subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of the Issuers or the Guarantors or upon a default in payment with respect to, or the acceleration of, any Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or other secured Indebtedness, the assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors that secure secured Indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Senior Notes and the Guarantees only after all Indebtedness under such Credit Facility and other secured Indebtedness has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all the Senior Notes and the Guarantees then outstanding.
Guarantees
The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, will, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantee on a senior unsecured basis our obligations under the Senior Notes and all obligations under the Senior Debt Indenture. The obligations of Guarantors under the Guarantees will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is expressly subordinate to the obligations arising under the Guarantee.
Although the Senior Debt Indenture will limit the amount of Indebtedness that Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur, such Indebtedness may be substantial and such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications. Moreover, the Senior Debt Indenture does not impose any limitation on the Incurrence by such Subsidiaries of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness under the Senior Debt Indenture. See “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock.”
7
Table of Contents
The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, although no assurance can be given that a court would give the holder the benefit of such provision. If a Subsidiary Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability on its Subsidiary Guarantee could be reduced to zero. If the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee were avoided, holders of Senior Notes would have to look to the assets of any remaining Subsidiary Guarantors for payment. There can be no assurance in that event that such assets would suffice to pay the outstanding principal and interest on the Senior Notes.
In the event a Subsidiary Guarantor is sold or disposed of (whether by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease)) and whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction to a Person which is not Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee if the sale or other disposition does not violate the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”
In addition, a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under the Senior Debt Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to the covenant described under “— Future Subsidiary Guarantors,” except a release or discharge by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee if the Issuers designate such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture or in connection with any legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Senior Notes as provided below under the captions “— Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge.”
Change of Control
If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Senior Notes as described under “— Optional Redemption,” each holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of such holder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless we have previously or concurrently exercised our right to redeem all of the Senior Notes as described under “— Optional Redemption,” we will mail a notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:
(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require us to purchase such holder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the “Change of Control Payment”);
(2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);
(3) that any Senior Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
(4) that unless we default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Senior Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that holders electing to have any Senior Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Senior Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
8
Table of Contents
reverse of such Senior Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Senior Notes and their election to require us to purchase such Senior Notes;providedthat the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder of the Senior Notes, the principal amount of Senior Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such holder is withdrawing its tendered Senior Notes and its election to have such Senior Notes purchased;
(7) that if we are repurchasing less than all of the Senior Notes, the holders of the remaining Senior Notes will be issued new Senior Notes and such new Senior Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes must be equal to a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; and
(8) the procedures determined by us, consistent with the Senior Debt Indenture, that a holder must follow in order to have its Senior Notes repurchased.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Senior Notes or portions of Senior Notes (in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Senior Notes or portions of Senior Notes properly tendered and not properly withdrawn; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Senior Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes or portions of Senior Notes being purchased by the Issuers.
The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of Senior Notes properly tendered and not properly withdrawn the Change of Control Payment for such Senior Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Senior Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes surrendered, if any;providedthat each such new Senior Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.
If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, and liquidated damages, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no further interest will be payable to holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Senior Debt Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders to require that the Issuers repurchase or redeem the Senior Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Senior Debt Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Senior Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.
We will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements ofRule 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Senior Notes as a result of a Change of
9
Table of Contents
Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture, or compliance with the Change of Control provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, we will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached our obligations described in the Senior Debt Indenture by virtue of our compliance with such securities laws or regulations.
Our ability to repurchase Senior Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer may be limited by a number of factors. The occurrence of certain of the events that constitute a Change of Control would constitute a default under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. In addition, certain events that may constitute a change of control under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and cause a default under that agreement will not constitute a Change of Control under the Senior Debt Indenture. Future Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries may also contain prohibitions of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such Indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Issuers to repurchase the Senior Notes could cause a default under such Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Issuers. Finally, the Issuers’ ability to pay cash to the holders upon a repurchase may be limited by the Issuers’ then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement will, and otherand/or future Indebtedness may, prohibit the Issuers’ prepayment or repurchase of Senior Notes before their scheduled maturity. Consequently, if the Issuers are not able to prepay the Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and any such other Indebtedness containing similar restrictions or obtain requisite consents, the Issuers will be unable to fulfill their repurchase obligations if holders of Senior Notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control, resulting in a default under the Senior Debt Indenture. A default under the Senior Debt Indenture may result in a cross-default under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.
The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, tender offers and other takeover attempts involving Holdings. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the initial purchasers and us. As of the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Senior Debt Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock” and “— Limitation on Liens.” Such restrictions in the Senior Debt Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Senior Debt Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Senior Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a holder of Senior Notes may require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes as described above.
The provisions under the Senior Debt Indenture relative to our obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified or terminated with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Senior Notes) prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control.
10
Table of Contents
Certain Covenants
Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock
Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Holdings will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue Preferred Stock;provided, however, that Holdings may Incur Indebtedness and the Company and any of the Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness and issue Preferred Stock if on the date thereof:
(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.25 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of proceeds); and
(2) no Default will have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness or transactions relating to such Incurrence.
The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness or issuance of the following Preferred Stock, as the case may be:
(1) Indebtedness of the Company Incurred pursuant to one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $735.0 million less the aggregate amount of all permanent principal repayments since the Issue Date under a Credit Facility that are made under clause 3(a) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock,” or (b) 40.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined as of the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving effect to the application of the proceeds therefrom, in each case outstanding at any one time;
(2) Guarantees by the Company or Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture;providedthat in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes or the Guarantee to at least the same extent as the Indebtedness being Guaranteed, as the case may be;
(3) Indebtedness of Holdings owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;provided, however, that (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;
(4) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Senior Notes issued on the Issue Date, and the related exchange notes issued in a registered exchange offer (or shelf registration), and all Guarantees, (b) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2) and 4(a)) outstanding on the Issue Date and (c) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (4) or clause (5) or Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant;
(5) Indebtedness of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is acquired by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or merged into Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Senior Debt Indenture and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by or was merged into Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by or was merged into Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition);provided, however, that at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is acquired by or was merged into Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (5);
11
Table of Contents
(6) the Incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvements or carrying costs of property used in the business of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, and Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (6) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (6) and then outstanding, will not exceed $40.0 million at any time outstanding;
(7) the Incurrence by Holdings, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with health or other types of social security benefits, unemployment or other insurance or self-insurance obligations, reclamation, statutory obligations, bankers’ acceptances and bid, performance, surety and appeal bonds or other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and obligations respecting standby letters of credit supporting such obligations, to the extent not drawn (in each case other than an obligation for money borrowed);
(8) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors;
(9) Indebtedness owed to Parent not to exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate,providedthat all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Senior Notes; and
(10) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (9) above, Indebtedness of Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 4.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined as of the date of such incurrence, at any time outstanding.
For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant:
(1) in the event an item of that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs of this covenant, the Issuers, in their sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and, subject to clause (2) below may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses;
(2) all Indebtedness outstanding on the date of the Senior Debt Indenture under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall be deemed Incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the second paragraph of this covenant;
(3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit supporting, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;
(4) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph above and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;
(5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;
(6) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and
(7) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
12
Table of Contents
Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the amortization of debt discount or the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock and unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations (including those resulting from the application of SFAS 133) will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.
If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this covenant, the Issuers shall be in Default of this covenant).
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness;providedthat if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuers may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
The Senior Debt Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
Limitation on Restricted Payments
Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on or in respect of Holdings’ Capital Stock (including any payment or distribution in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) except:
(a) dividends or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of Holdings; and
(b) dividends or distributions payable to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation) so long as Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution;
(2) purchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings held by Persons other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock);
(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph of the covenant “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock” or (y) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or
13
Table of Contents
Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or
(4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person;
(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) shall be referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), unless at the time Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:
(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); and either
(b) (1) if the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is at least 2.25 to 1.0, the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made during the fiscal quarter in which such Restricted Payment is made does not exceed the result of:
(i) Available Cash;plus
(ii) without duplication of amounts included in Available Cash, 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value (as determined by Holdings’ Board of Directors in good faith) of property or securities other than cash (including Capital Stock of Persons engaged primarily in the Energy Business or assets used in the Energy Business), in each case received by Holdings from the substantially concurrent issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other substantially concurrent capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date (other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to (x) management, employees, directors or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds have been used to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (5)(a) of the next succeeding paragraph, (y) a Subsidiary of Holdings or (z) an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust (to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination));plus
(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on Holdings’ balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property (other than such Capital Stock), distributed by Holdings upon such conversion or exchange), together with the net proceeds, if any, received by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries upon such conversion or exchange;plus
(iv) without duplication of amounts included in Available Cash, the amount equal to the aggregate net reduction in Restricted Investments made by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:
(A) repurchases, repayments or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings), repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(B) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and
14
Table of Contents
(C) the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (items (ii), (iii) and (iv) being referred to as “Incremental Funds” and for purposes of clause (2)(ii) below, items (ii) and (iv) above being referred to as “Special Incremental Funds”);minus
(v) the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds previously expended pursuant to this clause (b)(1) or clause (b)(2) below; or
(2) if the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is less than 2.25 to 1.0, the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made during the fiscal quarter in which such Restricted Payment and other Restricted Payments is made does not exceed:
(i) $120.0 million less the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made since the Issue Date pursuant to this clause (b)(2);plus
(ii) the aggregate amount of Special Incremental Funds not previously expended pursuant to clause (b)(1) above or this clause (b)(2).
The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:
(1) any Restricted Payment made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by Holdings from its members;provided, however, that (a) such Restricted Payment will be excluded from subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments and (b) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock or capital contribution will be excluded from Available Cash and clause (b)(1)(ii) of the preceding paragraph and the definition of Incremental Funds;
(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock”;provided, however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock”;provided further, however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(4) dividends paid or distributions made within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend or distribution would have complied with this covenant;provided, however, that such dividends and distributions will be included (without duplication) in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments (to the extent the declaration thereof has not been previously included); andprovidedhowever that for purposes of clarification, this clause (4) shall not include cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares included in clause (9) below;
15
Table of Contents
(5) (a) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the purchase of Capital Stock, or options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock of Parent, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary held by any existing or former employees, management or directors of Parent, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management, employees or directors;providedthat such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this subclause (a) during any calendar year will not exceed $3.0 million in the aggregate (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the immediately following proviso) of $4.0 million in any calendar year);provided,further,that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds received by Holdings from the sale of Capital Stock of Holdings to members of management or directors of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date (to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of the clause (b) of the preceding paragraph), plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (to the extent the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of the clause (b) of the preceding paragraph), less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (5)(a);provided further, however, that the amount of any such repurchase or redemption under this subclause (a) will be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments and the proceeds received from any such sale will be excluded from clause (b) of the preceding paragraph (including the definition of Incremental Funds); and
(b) the cancellation of loans or advances to employees or directors of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings the proceeds of which are used to purchase Capital Stock of Holdings, in an aggregate amount not in excess of $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;provided, however, that Holdings and its Subsidiaries will comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith in connection with such loans or advances;provided, further, that the amount of such cancelled loans and advances will be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(6) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, rights to acquire Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise or exchange price thereof, and any repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Capital Stock made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of warrants, options or rights to acquire Capital Stock;provided, however, that such repurchases will be excluded from subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(7) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (i) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to the covenant described under “— Change of Control” or (ii) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to the covenant described under “— Limitation on sales of assets and Subsidiary stock”;providedthat, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuers have made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Senior Notes and have completed the repurchase or redemption of all Senior Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer;provided, however, that such repurchases will be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(8) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders of acquired businesses pursuant to applicable law or in connection with the settlement or other satisfaction of legal claims made pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets otherwise permitted under the Senior Debt Indenture;provided, however,that any payment pursuant to this clause (8) shall be excluded from the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
16
Table of Contents
(9) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares;provided, however, that any payment pursuant to this clause (9) shall be excluded from the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and
(10) Permitted Payments.
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount. The fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment that is less than $20.0 million shall be determined conclusively by an Officer of the Company and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment that is more than $20.0 million shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by the covenant described under “Restricted Payments” were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by the Senior Debt Indenture.
As of the Issue Date, all of Holdings’ Subsidiaries other than Anthem Securities, Inc. will be Restricted Subsidiaries. We will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purpose of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Senior Debt Indenture.
Limitation on Liens
Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) other than Permitted Liens upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), including any income or profits therefrom, whether owned on the date of the Senior Debt Indenture or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under the Senior Notes or, in respect of Liens on Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Guarantee of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, equally and ratably with (or senior in priority to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, as the case may be) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.
Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Notes pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);
17
Table of Contents
(2) make any loans or advances to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.
The preceding provisions will not prohibit:
(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to or by reason of an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, the Senior Debt Indenture in effect on such date;
(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Person pursuant to or by reason of an agreement relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred by a Person on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person was acquired by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date;provided, that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property so acquired;
(iii) encumbrances and restrictions contained in contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of, or from the ability of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries to realize the value of, property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(iv) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to or by reason of an agreement that the Unrestricted Subsidiary is a party to entered into before the date on which such Unrestricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary;provided, that such agreement was not entered into in anticipation of the Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property so acquired;
(v) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was Incurred if:
(a) either (1) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such Indebtedness or agreement or (2) the Issuers determine that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Issuers’ ability to make principal or interest payments on the Senior Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive; and
(b) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the holders of the Senior Notes than is customary in comparable financing (as determined by the Company);
(vi) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement effecting a refunding, replacement or refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clauses (i) through (v) or clause (xii) of this paragraph or this clause (vi) or contained in any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplemental, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (i) through (v) or clause (xii) of this paragraph or this clause (vi);provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement taken as a whole are no less favorable in any material respect to the holders of the Senior Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clauses (i) through (v) or clause (xii) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;
18
Table of Contents
(vii) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, any encumbrance or restriction:
(a) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease (including leases governing leasehold interests or farm-in agreements or farm-out agreements relating to leasehold interests in oil and gas properties), license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease (including leases governing leasehold interests or farm-in agreements or farm-out agreements relating to leasehold interests in oil and gas properties), license or other contract;
(b) arising from Permitted Liens securing Indebtedness of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other security agreements;
(c) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(d) restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers or lessors under contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(e) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that solely affect the assets or property that is the subject of such agreements and provided that in the case of joint venture agreements such provisions solely affect assets or property of the joint venture; or
(f) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions.
(viii) (a) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (b) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under the Senior Debt Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;
(ix) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
(x) any customary encumbrances or restrictions imposed pursuant to any agreement of the type described in the definition of “Permitted Business Investment”;
(xi) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; and
(xii) the Senior Secured Credit Agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof;providedthat such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:
(1) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
19
Table of Contents
(including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;
(2) at least 75% of the consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Disposition is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or Additional Assets, or any combination thereof; and
(3) except as provided in the next paragraph an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied, within 18 months from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:
(a) to the extent Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, any other Indebtedness of Holdings, an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is secured by a Lien permitted to be Incurred under the Senior Debt Indenture or Indebtedness (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor;provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment, redemption or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (a), Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; or
(b) to invest in Additional Assets;
providedthat pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with this covenant, Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by the Senior Debt Indenture, but such proceeds shall not constitute Available Cash prior to such final application.
Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Not later than the day following the date that is 18 months from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuers will be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all holders of Senior Notes and to the extent required by the terms of other Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions requiring Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Disposition (“Pari Passu Notes”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Senior Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof) of the Senior Notes and Pari Passu Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, (or in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Indebtedness) to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Senior Debt Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes, as applicable, in each case in minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes surrendered by holders thereof and other Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Senior Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Senior Notes and Pari Passu Notes. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Senior Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general company purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Senior Debt Indenture. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No
20
Table of Contents
later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Issuers will purchase the principal amount of Senior Notes and Pari Passu Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this covenant (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Senior Notes and Pari Passu Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer.
If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no further interest or liquidated damages will be payable to holders who tender Senior Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.
On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Senior Notes and Pari Passu Notes or portions of Senior Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Senior Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The Issuers will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Senior Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this covenant and, in addition, the Issuers will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. The Issuers or the paying agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering holder of Senior Notes or holder or lender of Pari Passu Notes, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Senior Notes or Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers will promptly issue a new Senior Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuers, will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Senior Note to such holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Senior Note surrendered;providedthat each such new Senior Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. In addition, the Issuers will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Any Senior Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the holder thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.
The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements ofRule 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Senior Notes pursuant to the Senior Debt Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Senior Debt Indenture by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations.
For the purposes of clause (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant, the following will be deemed to be cash:
(1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Indebtedness of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of the Company, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of any Guarantor) and the release of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition (or in lieu of such a release, the agreement of the acquirer or its parent company to indemnify and hold Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary harmless from and against any loss, liability or cost in respect of such assumed Indebtedness;provided, however, that such indemnifying party (or its long term debt securities) shall have an Investment Grade Rating (with no indication of a negative outlook or credit watch with negative implications, in any case, that contemplates such indemnifying party (or its long term debt securities) failing to have an Investment Grade Rating), in which case Holdings will, without further action, be deemed to have applied such deemed cash to Indebtedness in accordance with clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of this covenant; and
21
Table of Contents
(2) securities, notes or other obligations received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after receipt thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 75% limitation referred to in clause (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Disposition in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing provision on an after-tax basis, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Disposition complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation.
The requirement of clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of this covenant above shall be deemed to be satisfied if an agreement (including a lease, whether a capital lease or an operating lease) committing to make the acquisitions or expenditures referred to therein is entered into by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiary within the specified time period and such Net Available Cash is subsequently applied in accordance with such agreement within six months following such agreement.
Limitation on Affiliate Transactions
Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, make, amend or conduct any transaction (including making a payment to, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service), contract, agreement or understanding with or for the benefit of any Affiliate of Holdings (an “Affiliate Transaction”)unless:
(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate or, if in the good faith judgment of the independent members of the Board of Directors of Holdings no comparable transaction with an unrelated Person would be available, such independent directors determine in good faith that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;
(2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings and by a majority of the members of such Board having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above); and
(3) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company has received a written opinion from an independent investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial standpoint, to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary or is not materially less favorable than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate.
The preceding paragraph will not apply to:
(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” or any Permitted Investment;
(2) any issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), or other payments, awards or grants in cash, Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment or severance agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plansand/or indemnity provided on behalf of officers and employees approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings;
(3) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
22
Table of Contents
(4) any transaction between Holdings and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and Guarantees issued by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock”;
(5) any transaction with a joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity;
(6) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or the receipt by Holdings of any capital contribution from its shareholders;
(7) indemnities of officers, directors and employees of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by bylaw or statutory provisions and any employment agreement or other employee compensation plan or arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of business by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(8) the payment of customary compensation and fees paid to, and benefits and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers or directors of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(9) the performance of obligations of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time;provided, however, that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date will be permitted to the extent that its terms are not materially more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, to the holders of the Senior Notes than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date;
(10) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Senior Debt Indenture which are fair to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
(11) guarantees of performance by Holdings, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, except for guarantees of Indebtedness in respect of borrowed money;
(12) if such Affiliate Transaction is with a Person in its capacity as a holder of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of Holdings, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary where such Person is treated no more favorably than the holders of such Indebtedness or Equity Interests who are unaffiliated with Holdings, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(13) transactions between Holdings or any of its subsidiaries and any Person that would not otherwise constitute an Affiliate Transaction except for the fact that one director of such other Person is also a director of Holdings or its subsidiary, as applicable;providedthat such director abstains from voting as a director of Holdings or its subsidiary, as applicable on any matter involving such other Person.
SEC Reports
The Senior Debt Indenture provides that, whether or not Holdings is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to the extent not prohibited by the Exchange Act, Holdings will file with the SEC, and make available to the Trustee and the registered holders of the Senior Notes without cost to any holder, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation within the time periods specified therein with respect to a non-accelerated filer. In the event that Holdings is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, Holdings will nevertheless make available such Exchange Act information to the Trustee and the holders of the Senior Notes without cost to any holder as if Holdings were subject to the
23
Table of Contents
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein with respect to a non-accelerated filer.
If the Issuers have designated any of their respective Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent material, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
In addition, the Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Senior Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing. For purposes of this covenant, the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the holders of Senior Notes as required by this covenant if they have filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available.
Merger and Consolidation
Neither Issuer will consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation) and Holdings may not convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person,unless:
(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Senior Notes and the Senior Debt Indenture;
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock”;
(4) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (1) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of the Senior Debt Indenture and the Senior Notes shall continue to be in effect; and
(5) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Senior Debt Indenture.
For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of Holdings, which properties and assets, if held by Holdings instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Holdings on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Holdings.
The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Senior Debt Indenture; and its predecessor company, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Senior Notes.
24
Table of Contents
Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.
Notwithstanding the preceding clause (3), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings or the Company and the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and (y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate formed solely for the purpose of reforming the Company in another jurisdiction;providedthat, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) that consolidates with, merges into or transfers all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, the Company will not be required to comply with the preceding clause (5).
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the Company becomes a corporation or the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any consolidation or merger (permitted in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Indenture) is a corporation, Atlas Energy Finance Corp. may be dissolved in accordance with the Senior Debt Indenture and may cease to be an Issuer;providedthat, to the extent the Company or any Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is not a corporation, Finance Co. shall not be dissolved and shall not cease to be an Issuer.
In addition, the Issuers will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into, and will not permit the conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor to, any Person (other than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor)unless:
(1) (a) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and such Person (if not such Subsidiary Guarantor) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee and (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenants described under “— Subsidiary Guarantees” and “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”
Future Guarantors
If, after the Issue Date, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not already a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees any other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers or any of the Guarantors under any Credit Facility, then such Subsidiary must become a Subsidiary Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee and delivering an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 30 days of the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary or such other guarantee was executed or such Indebtedness incurred, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary that was incurred pursuant to this paragraph shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released upon the release or discharge of the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee, except a discharge or release by, or as a result of payment under, such guarantee and except if, at such time, such Restricted Subsidiary is then a guarantor under any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or another Subsidiary and (ii) any Guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary shall be automatically released if such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Senior Debt Indenture.
Limitation on Lines of Business
Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the Energy Business (which includes certain energy businesses involving “minerals and natural resources” within the
25
Table of Contents
parameters of Section 7704(d)(1)(E) of the Code), except to the extent as would not be material to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Limitations on Atlas Energy Finance Corp.
Atlas Energy Finance Corp. will not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than the issuance of Capital Stock to the Company, the incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor of Indebtedness incurred by the Company, including the Senior Notes, that is permitted to be incurred by the Company under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock” (providedthat the net proceeds of such indebtedness are retained by the Company or loaned to or contributed as capital to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries other than Atlas Energy Finance Corp.), and activities incidental thereto. Neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with Atlas Energy Finance Corp. in violation of the immediately preceding sentence.
Payments for Consent
Neither Holdings nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any holder of any Senior Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture or the Senior Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all holders of the Senior Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.
Events of Default
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) default in any payment of interest or liquidated damages on any Senior Note when due, continued for 30 days;
(2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Senior Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption or upon required repurchase;
(3) failure by an Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation”;
(4) failure by an Issuer to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of its obligations under the covenant described under “— Change of Control” above or under the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants” above (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Senior Notes which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) above and other than a failure to comply with “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation” which is covered by clause (3));
(5) failure by an Issuer or a Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with their other agreements contained in the Senior Debt Indenture;
(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Senior Debt Indenture, which default:
(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (and any extensions of any grace period) (“payment default”); or
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”);
26
Table of Contents
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $40.0 million or more;
(7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Holdings, an Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (the “bankruptcy provisions”);
(8) failure by Holdings, an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final judgment (the “judgment default provision”); or
(9) any Guarantee of Holdings or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Senior Debt Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms (in a manner having legal effect) its obligations under the Senior Debt Indenture or its Guarantee.
However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes notify the Issuers in writing and, in the case of a notice given by the holders, the Trustee of the default and the Issuers do not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and liquidated damages, if any, on all the Senior Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on all the Senior Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium, interest or liquidated damages, if any) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Senior Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.
Subject to the provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Senior Debt Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Senior Debt Indenture or the Senior Notesunless:
(1) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
(2) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
27
Table of Contents
(3) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(5) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes have not waived such Event of Default or otherwise given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such60-day period.
Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Senior Debt Indenture provides that in the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Senior Debt Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Senior Debt Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
The Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the holders. In addition, the Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Issuers also are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Issuers are taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.
Amendments and Waivers
Subject to certain exceptions, the Senior Debt Indenture and the Senior Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Senior Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Senior Notes). However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Senior Note affected, no amendment may, among other things:
(1) reduce the principal amount of Senior Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Senior Note;
(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Senior Note;
(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Senior Note as described above under “— Optional Redemption,” or change the time at which any Senior Note may be redeemed as described above under “— Optional Redemption,” or make any change to the covenants described above under “— Change of Control” after the occurrence of a Change of Control, or make any change to the provisions relating to an Asset Disposition Offer that has been made, in each case whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;
(5) make any Senior Note payable in money other than that stated in the Senior Note;
(6) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of, premium, if any, principal of and interest on such holder’s Senior Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Senior Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Senior Notes by the
28
Table of Contents
holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(7) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions;
(8) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the holders of the Senior Notes; or
(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Senior Notes that would adversely affect the holders.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Senior Debt Indenture and the Senior Notes to:
(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency;
(2) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Senior Debt Indenture;
(3) provide for uncertificated Senior Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Senior Notes (providedthat the uncertificated Senior Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Senior Notes are described in Section 163(f) (2) (B) of the Code);
(4) add Guarantees with respect to the Senior Notes, including Subsidiary Guarantees, or release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and terminate such Subsidiary Guarantee;provided,however, that the release and termination is in accord with the applicable provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture;
(5) secure the Senior Notes or Guarantees;
(6) add to the covenants of the Issuers or a Guarantor for the benefit of the holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or a Guarantor;
(7) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder;
(8) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Senior Debt Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(9) provide for the issuance of exchange securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Senior Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Senior Notes shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Senior Notes, as a single class of securities; or
(10) provide for the succession of a successor Trustee.
The consent of the holders is not necessary under the Senior Debt Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. A consent to any amendment or waiver under the Senior Debt Indenture by any holder of Senior Notes given in connection with a tender of such holder’s Senior Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. After an amendment under the Senior Debt Indenture becomes effective, the Issuers are required to mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all the holders, or any defect in the notice will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
Defeasance
The Issuers at any time may terminate all their obligations under the Senior Notes and the Senior Debt Indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Senior Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Senior Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Senior Notes. If the Issuers exercises their legal defeasance option, the Guarantees in effect at such time will terminate.
29
Table of Contents
The Issuers at any time may terminate their obligations described under “— Change of Control” and under covenants described under “— Certain Covenants” (other than clauses (1), (2), (4) and (5) of “— Merger and Consolidation”), the operation of the cross default upon a payment default, cross acceleration provisions, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company, the judgment default provision and the Guarantee provision described under “— Events of Default” above and the limitations contained in clause (3) under “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation” above (“covenant defeasance”).
The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option notwithstanding their prior exercise of their covenant defeasance option. If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option, payment of the Senior Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes. If the Issuers exercise their covenant defeasance option, payment of the Senior Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (4), (5), (6), (7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company), (8) or (9) under “— Events of Default” above or because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with clause (3) under “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation” above.
In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Issuers must, among other things, irrevocably deposit in trust (the “defeasance trust”) with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that holders of the Senior Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. In the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable federal income tax law.
Satisfaction and Discharge
The Senior Debt Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Senior Notes issued thereunder, when either:
(1) all Senior Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Senior Notes that have been replaced or paid and Senior Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or
(2) all Senior Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise and the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for such purpose, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Senior Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, and in each case certain other requirements set forth in the Senior Debt Indenture are satisfied.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of an Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Senior Notes, the Senior Debt Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder by accepting a Senior Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Senior Notes.
Governing Law
The Senior Debt Indenture provides that it and the Senior Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
30
Table of Contents
Certain Definitions
“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes or is merged with and into a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes or is merged with and into a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.
“Additional Assets” means:
(1) any properties or assets to be used by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in the Energy Business;
(2) capital expenditures by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in the Energy Business;
(3) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(4) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (3) and (4), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in the Energy Business.
“Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” of a Person means (without duplication), as of the date of determination, the remainder of:
(a) the sum of:
(i) discounted future net revenues from proved oil and gas reserves of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines before any state or federal income taxes, as estimated by Holdings in a reserve report prepared as of the end of Holdings’ most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available, as increased by, as of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues from
(A) estimated proved oil and gas reserves acquired since such year end, which reserves were not reflected in such year end reserve report, and
(B) estimated oil and gas reserves attributable to extensions, discoveries and other additions and upward revisions of estimates of proved oil and gas reserves since such year end due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities, which would, in accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions, in the case of clauses (A) and (B) calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices for the fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of determination),
and decreased by, as of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues from
(C) estimated proved oil and gas reserves produced or disposed of since such year end, and
(D) estimated oil and gas reserves attributable to downward revisions of estimates of proved oil and gas reserves since such year end due to changes in geological conditions or other factors which would, in accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions, in each case calculated on a pre-tax basis and substantially in accordance with SEC guidelines
in the case of clauses (C) and (D) utilizing the prices for the fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of determination,provided, however, that in the case of each of the determinations made pursuant to clauses (A) through (D), such increases and decreases shall be as estimated by the Company’s petroleum engineers;
31
Table of Contents
(ii) the capitalized costs that are attributable to oil and gas properties of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to which no proved oil and gas reserves are attributable, based on such Person’s books and records as of a date no earlier than the date of such Person’s latest available annual or quarterly financial statements;
(iii) the Net Working Capital of such Person on a date no earlier than the date of such Person’s latest annual or quarterly financial statements; and
(iv) the greater of
(A) the net book value of other tangible assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of a date no earlier than the date of such Person’s latest annual or quarterly financial statement, and
(B) the appraised value, as estimated by independent appraisers, of other tangible assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of a date no earlier than the date of such Person’s latest audited financial statements;provided, that, if no such appraisal has been performed the Company shall not be required to obtain such an appraisal and only clause (iv)(A) of this definition shall apply;
minus
(b) the sum of:
(i) Minority Interests;
(ii) any net gas balancing liabilities of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such Person’s latest audited balance sheet;
(iii) to the extent included in (a)(i) above, the discounted future net revenues, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in such Person’s year end reserve report), attributable to reserves which are required to be delivered to third parties to fully satisfy the obligations of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Volumetric Production Payments (determined, if applicable, using the schedules specified with respect thereto); and
(iv) the discounted future net revenues, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines, attributable to reserves subject to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments which, based on the estimates of production and price assumptions included in determining the discounted future net revenues specified in (a)(i) above, would be necessary to fully satisfy the payment obligations of such Person and its Subsidiaries with respect to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments (determined, if applicable, using the schedules specified with respect thereto).
If Holdings changes its method of accounting from the successful efforts method of accounting to the full cost or a similar method, “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” will continue to be calculated as if Holdings were still using the successful efforts method of accounting.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of the Energy Business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of (A) shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under the heading “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock,” and directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (C) any other assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a
32
Table of Contents
“disposition”), in each case by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:
(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) the sale of cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;
(3) a disposition of Hydrocarbons or mineral products inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(4) a disposition of damaged, unserviceable, obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer used or useful in the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(5) transactions in accordance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation”;
(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or to a Restricted Subsidiary;
(7) for purposes of “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” only, the making of a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Payment (or a disposition that would constitute a Restricted Payment but for the exclusions from the definition thereof) permitted by the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
(8) an Asset Swap;
(9) dispositions of assets with a fair market value of less than $5.0 million;
(10) Permitted Liens;
(11) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;
(12) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(13) foreclosure on assets;
(14) any Production Payments and Reserve Sales;providedthat any such Production Payments and Reserve Sales, other than incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the Energy Business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, shall have been created, Incurred, issued, assumed or Guaranteed in connection with the financing of, and within 60 days after the acquisition of, the property that is subject thereto;
(15) a disposition of oil and natural gas properties in connection with tax credit transactions complying with Section 29 or any successor or analogous provisions of the Code;
(16) surrender or waiver of contract rights, oil and gas leases, or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;
(17) the abandonment, farmout, lease or sublease of developed or undeveloped oil and gas properties in the ordinary course of business; and
(18) the sale or transfer (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) of any oil and gas property or interest therein to which no proved reserves are attributable at the time of such sale or transfer.
“Asset Swap” means any concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of any oil or natural gas property or interest therein between Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person;provided, that any cash received must be applied in accordance with “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” as if the Asset Swap were an Asset Disposition.
33
Table of Contents
“Available Cash” means, with respect to any fiscal quarter ending prior to February 1, 2018 and solely to the extent constituting Operating Surplus (as defined in the Operating Agreement):
(a) the sum of (i) all cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, treated as a single consolidated entity (or Holdings’ proportionate share of cash and Cash Equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries), on hand at the end of such fiscal quarter; and (ii) all additional cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (or Holdings proportionate share of cash and Cash Equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such fiscal quarter resulting from working capital borrowings (including borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) made subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter,less
(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the Board of Directors of Holdings to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (including reserves for Permitted Payments, future capital expenditures including drilling and acquisitions and for anticipated future credit needs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries), (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which Holdings or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject or (iii) provide funds for distributions pursuant to Sections 6.3(a), 6.4 and 6.5 of the Operating Agreement with respect to any one or more of the next four fiscal quarters;provided, that disbursements made by Holdings or its Subsidiaries or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such fiscal quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such fiscal quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such fiscal quarter if the Board of Directors of Holdings so determines.
“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term inRule 13d-3 andRule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.
“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person that is a corporation, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof or as to any Person that is not a corporation, the board of managers or such other individual or group serving a similar function.
“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, units, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participation or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.
“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.
34
Table of Contents
“Cash Equivalents” means:
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States (providedthat the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;
(2) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition (providedthat the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” (or the equivalent thereof) or better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;
(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or “P2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100.0 million;
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least“A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or“P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and
(6) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (5) above.
“Change of Control” means:
(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than, to the extent a Parent Change of Control has not occurred, Parent or its Subsidiaries), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause (1), such person or group shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any Voting Stock of Holdings held by a parent entity, if such person or group Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity); or
(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings are not (i) nominated by the Board of Directors or (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; or
(3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or
(4) the adoption by the members of Holdings of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Holdings; or
(5) Holdings ceases to be the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 75% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or
(6) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the
35
Table of Contents
total voting power of the Voting Stock of Atlas Energy Management, Inc.;providedthat a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to occur solely as a result of a transfer of the Capital Stock in Atlas Energy Management, Inc. to a new entity in contemplation of the initial public offering of such new entity, or as a result of any further offering of Capital Stock of such new entity (or securities convertible into such Capital Stock) so long as the persons or entities that are the Beneficial Owners of the Capital Stock in Atlas Energy Management, Inc. on the Issue Date hold the general partner interests in such new entity (or, in the case of a new entity that is not a limited partnership, hold at least 50.1% of the Voting Stock of such new entity).
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Commodity Agreements” means, in respect of any Person, any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement in respect of Hydrocarbons used, produced, processed or sold by such Person that are customary in the Energy Business and designed to protect such Person against fluctuation in Hydrocarbon prices.
“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are in existence to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters,provided, however, that:
(1) if Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary:
(a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period and such proceeds had been applied as of such date (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation, in each case,providedthat such average daily balance shall take into account any repayment of Indebtedness under such facility as provided in clause (b)); or
(b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;
(2) if, since the beginning of such period, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to Holdings and the
36
Table of Contents
continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with or with the proceeds from such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent Holdings and the continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);
(3) if since the beginning of such period Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition (or will have received a contribution) of assets, including any acquisition or contribution of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition or contribution had occurred on the first day of such period; and
(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition or Investment or acquisition of assets had occurred on the first day of such period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings (including pro forma expense and cost reductions;providedthat (i) such expense and cost reductions are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (as detailed in an Officer’s Certificate from a financial officer) and (ii) the actions required to attain such expense and cost reductions have been completed or are to be completed no later than 6 months after the consummation of the transaction for which pro forma effect is being given). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the average rate in effect from the beginning of such period to the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness, but if the remaining term of such Interest Rate Agreement is less than 12 months, then such Interest Rate Agreement shall only be taken into account for that portion of the period equal to the remaining term thereof). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as Holdings may designate.
“Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following, without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense;
(2) Consolidated Income Taxes of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(3) consolidated depletion and depreciation expense of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(4) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries recorded in connection with the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets”; and
37
Table of Contents
(5) other non-cash charges of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation);
if applicable for such period; and less, to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and in excess of any costs or expenses attributable thereto that were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (x) the amount of deferred revenues that are amortized during such period and are attributable to reserves that are subject to Volumetric Production Payments, (y) amounts recorded in accordance with GAAP as repayments of principal and interest pursuant to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments and (z) other non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period).
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, clauses (2) through (5) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (5) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to Holdings by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
“Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period and without duplication, (a) Permitted Payments made and (b) taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income, profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total consolidated interest expense of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense and without duplication:
(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;
(2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost (providedthat any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense);
(3) non-cash interest expense;
(4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;
(5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(6) costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of fees); provided,however, that if Interest Rate Agreements result in net benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net Income;
(7) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;
38
Table of Contents
(8) all dividends paid or payable in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries payable to a party other than Holdings or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; and
(9) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than Holdings) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust;
minus, to the extent included above, write-off of deferred financing costs (and interest) attributable to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments.
For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness,” the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (9) above) relating to any Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.”
“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (loss) of Holdings and the consolidated Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends of such Person;provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
(1) any net income (loss) of any Person (other than Holdings) if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:
(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, Holdings’ equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and
(b) Holdings’ equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period;
(2) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to Holdings, except that:
(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, Holdings’ equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and
(b) Holdings’ equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;
(3) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of Holdings or its consolidated Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;
(4) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gains or losses, together with any related provision for taxes on such gains or losses and all related fees and expenses;
(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
(6) any asset impairment writedowns on Oil and Gas Properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines;
39
Table of Contents
(7) any unrealized non-cash gains or losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations (including those resulting from the application of SFAS 133);
(8) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued); and
(9) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards (including stock based compensation under SFAS 123R);providedthat the proceeds resulting from any such grant will be excluded from clause (b)(1)(ii) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitations on Restricted Payments” and the definition of Incremental Funds.
Consolidated Net Income will be reduced by the amount of Permitted Payments paid during such period to the extent that the related taxes have not reduced Consolidated Net Income by at least such amount.
“Credit Facility” means, with respect to Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement), indentures or commercial paper facilities providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).
“Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.
“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock) or upon the happening of any event:
(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;
(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary); or
(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,
in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes or (b) on which there are no Senior Notes outstanding;providedthat only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock;provided further, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that (i) Holdings may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by Holdings with the provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture described under the captions “— Change of Control” and “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” and (ii) such repurchase or redemption will be permitted solely to the extent also permitted in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Debt Indenture described under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.”
The amount of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be determined pursuant to the Senior Debt Indenture;provided, however, that if such Disqualified Stock could not be required to be
40
Table of Contents
redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person.
“Dollar-Denominated Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.
“Energy Business” means: (1) the business of acquiring, exploring, exploiting, developing, producing, operating and disposing of interests in oil, natural gas, liquid natural gas and other hydrocarbon and mineral properties or products produced in association with any of the foregoing; (2) the business of gathering, marketing, distributing, treating, processing, storing, refining, selling and transporting of any production from such interests or properties and products produced in association therewith and the marketing of oil, natural gas, other hydrocarbons and minerals obtained from unrelated Persons; (3) any other related energy business, including power generation and electrical transmission business, directly or indirectly, from oil, natural gas and other hydrocarbons and minerals produced substantially from properties in which Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, participates; (4) any business relating to oil field sales and service; (5) any other energy business that generates gross income at least 90% of which constitutes “qualifying income” under Section 7704(d)(1)(E) of the Code; and (6) any business or activity relating to, arising from, or necessary, appropriate or incidental to the activities described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.
“Equity Offering” means (i) a public offering for cash by Holdings of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made pursuant to a registration statement, other than public offerings registered onForm S-4 orS-8 and (ii) a private offering for cash by Holdings of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock).
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the Senior Debt Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP.
“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or
(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);
provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or any obligation to the extent it is payable only in Capital Stock of the Guarantor that is not Disqualified Stock. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantor” means Holdings and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, and collectively, the “Guarantors.”
“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.
“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement.
“holder” means a Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered on the registrar’s books.
“Holdings” means Atlas Energy Resources, LLC.
41
Table of Contents
“Hydrocarbons” means oil, natural gas, casing head gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom.
“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for, contingently or otherwise;provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication, whether or not contingent):
(1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
(2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(3) reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and contingent obligations of such Person;
(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person (other than obligations payable solely in Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock) to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except accrued expenses and trade payables and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto to the extent such obligations would appear as a liabilities upon the consolidated balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person to the extent such Capitalized Lease Obligations would appear as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
(6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in the good faith by the Board of Directors) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;
(8) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and
(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).
provided, however, that any indebtedness which has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to the deposit of cash or Cash Equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all such indebtedness obligations at maturity or redemption, as applicable, and all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the sole benefit of the holders of such indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, shall not constitute “Indebtedness.”
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.
42
Table of Contents
Notwithstanding the preceding, “Indebtedness” shall not include:
(1) Production Payments and Reserve Sales;
(2) any obligation of a Person in respect of a farm-in agreement or similar arrangement whereby such Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of an exploratory or development well (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interest therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well in exchange for an ownership interest in an oil or gas property;
(3) any obligations under Currency Agreements, Commodity Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements;provided, that such Agreements are entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, whether or not accounted for as a hedge in accordance with GAAP) and, in the case of Currency Agreements or Commodity Agreements, such Currency Agreements or Commodity Agreements are related to business transactions of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and, in the case of Interest Rate Agreements, such Interest Rate Agreements substantially correspond in terms of notional amount, duration and interest rates, as applicable, to Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred without violation of the Senior Debt Indenture;
(4) any obligation arising from agreements of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, Guarantees, adjustment of purchase price, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations or similar obligations (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness), in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary;providedthat such Indebtedness is not reflected on the face of the balance sheet of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(5) any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;
(6) in-kind obligations relating to net oil or natural gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business; and
(7) all contracts and other obligations, agreements instruments or arrangements described in clauses (20), (21), (22), (29)(a) or (30) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”
In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the first paragraph of this definition of “Indebtedness” that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:
(1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”);
(2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture or otherwise liable for all or a portion of the Joint Venture’s liabilities (a “General Partner”); and
(3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:
(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the entire amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or
(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.
43
Table of Contents
“Interest Rate Agreement” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.
“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit and advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments (excluding any interest in a crude oil or natural gas leasehold to the extent constituting a security under applicable law) issued by, such other Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;providedthat none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:
(1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with the Senior Debt Indenture;
(2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and
(3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by Holdings or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of Holdings.
The amount of any Investment shall not be adjusted for increases or decreases in value,write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.
For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments,”
(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith) at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings.
“Issue Date” means the first date on which the Senior Notes are issued under the Senior Debt Indenture.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
“Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement dated as of December 18, 2006 between Holdings and Atlas Energy Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
“Minority Interest” means the percentage interest represented by any shares of any class of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that are not owned by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary.
44
Table of Contents
“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:
(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;
(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;
(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures or to holders of royalty or similar interests as a result of such Asset Disposition; and
(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.
“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any contribution to equity capital, means the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).
“Net Working Capital” means (a) all current assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries except current assets from commodity price risk management activities arising in the ordinary course of the Energy Business, less (b) all current liabilities of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, except current liabilities included in Indebtedness and any current liabilities from commodity price risk management activities arising in the ordinary course of the Energy Business, in each case as set forth in the consolidated financial statements of Holdings prepared in accordance with GAAP.
“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person:
(1) as to which neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);
(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and
(3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of Holdings. Officer of the Company or of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.
“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company.
45
Table of Contents
“Operating Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings dated December 18, 2006 as in effect on the date hereof.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.
“Parent” means Atlas America, Inc.
“Parent Change of Control” means:
(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause (1), such person or group shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any Voting Stock of Parent held by a parent entity, if such person or group Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity); or
(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent are not (i) nominated by the Board of Directors or (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; or
(3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or
(4) the adoption by the members of Parent of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Parent.
“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Senior Notes.
“Permitted Business Investment” means any Investment made in the ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary in, the Energy Business including investments or expenditures for actively exploiting, exploring for, acquiring, developing, producing, processing, gathering, marketing or transporting oil, natural gas or other hydrocarbons and minerals through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements which permit one to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of the Energy Business jointly with third parties, including:
(1) ownership interests in oil, natural gas, other hydrocarbons and minerals properties, liquid natural gas facilities, processing facilities, gathering systems, pipelines, storage facilities or related systems or ancillary real property interests;
(2) Investments in the form of or pursuant to operating agreements, working interests, royalty interests, mineral leases, processing agreements, farm-in agreements, farm-out agreements, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of oil, natural gas, other hydrocarbons and minerals, production sharing agreements, participation agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, unitization agreements, pooling agreements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), subscription agreements, stock purchase agreements, stockholder agreements and other similar agreements (including for limited liability companies) with third parties (including Unrestricted Subsidiaries); and
(3) direct or indirect ownership interests in drilling rigs and related equipment, including, without limitation, transportation equipment.
“Permitted Investment” means an Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in:
(1) Holdings, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is the Energy Business;
46
Table of Contents
(2) another Person whose primary business is the Energy Business if as a result of such Investment such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person;provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
(3) cash and Cash Equivalents;
(4) receivables owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;
(5) payroll, commission, travel, relocation and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
(6) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(7) Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;
(8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”;
(9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;
(10) Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock”;
(11) Guarantees issued in accordance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock”;
(12) any Asset Swap or acquisition of Additional Assets made in accordance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”;
(13) Permitted Business Investments;
(14) any Person where such Investment was acquired by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
(15) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(16) Guarantees of performance or other obligations (other than Indebtedness) arising in the ordinary course in the Energy Business, including obligations under oil and natural gas exploration, development, joint operating, and related agreements and licenses or concessions related to the Energy Business;
(17) acquisitions of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by Holdings for consideration consisting of Common Stock of Holdings;
(18) Investments in the Senior Notes; and
47
Table of Contents
(19) Investments by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (19), in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time of such Investment not to exceed the greater of (a) $40.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined as of the date of such Investment, in each case outstanding at any one time (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time such Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
(1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under, and related Hedging Obligations and Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Guarantees of Indebtedness and other obligations of Holdings under, any Credit Facility permitted to be Incurred under the Senior Debt Indenture under the provisions described in clause (1) of the second paragraph under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock”;
(2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, social security or old age pension laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits (which may be secured by a Lien) to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person including letters of credit and bank guarantees required or requested by the United States, any State thereof or any foreign government or any subdivision, department, agency, organization or instrumentality of any of the foregoing in connection with any contract or statute (including lessee or operator obligations under statutes, governmental regulations, contracts or instruments related to the ownership, exploration and production of oil, natural gas, other hydrocarbons and minerals on State, Federal or foreign lands or waters), or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure indemnity performance, surety or appeal bonds or other similar bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(3) statutory and contractual Liens of landlords and Liens imposed by law, including operators’, vendors’, suppliers’, workers’, construction carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’ materialmen’s and repairmen’s Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if a reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;
(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;providedthat appropriate reserves, if any, required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;
(5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(6) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
(7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations;
(8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(9) prejudgment Liens and judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
48
Table of Contents
(10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of or repairs or additions to, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business;providedthat;
(a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under the Senior Debt Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and
(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of the later of the acquisition, lease, completion of improvements, construction, repairs or additions or commencement of full operation of the assets or property subject to such Lien and do not encumber any other assets or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;
(11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution;provided that:
(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by Holdings in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and
(b) such deposit account is not intended by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;
(12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(13) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(14) Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary;provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than assets or property affixed or appurtenant thereto);
(15) Liens on property at the time Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries;provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition;provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than assets or property affixed or appurtenant thereto);
(16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary owing to Holdings, the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;
(17) Liens securing the Senior Notes, Guarantees and other obligations under the Senior Debt Indenture;
(18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured,provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property or assets that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;
(19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;
(20) Liens in respect of Production Payments and Reserve Sales, which Liens shall be limited to the property that is the subject of such Production Payments and Reserve Sales;
(21) Liens arising under farm-out agreements, farm-in agreements, oil and gas leases, division orders, marketing agreements, processing agreements, development agreements, contracts for the sale, purchase,
49
Table of Contents
exchange, transportation, gathering or processing of Hydrocarbons, unitizations and pooling designations, declarations, orders and agreements, development agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, operating agreements, royalties, working interests, net profits interests, joint interest billing arrangements, participation agreements, production sales contracts, area of mutual interest agreements, gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements, seismic or geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements which are customary in the Energy Business;
(22) Liens on pipelines or pipeline facilities that arise by operation of law;
(23) Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time, added together with all other Indebtedness secured by Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (23), not to exceed the greater of (a) $15.0 million and (b) 1.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined as of the date of such incurrence;
(24) Liens in favor of the Issuers or any Guarantor;
(25) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
(26) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(27) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock”;providedthat such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
(28) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(29) any (a) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease, liens reserved in oil, gas or other Hydrocarbons, minerals, leases for bonus, royalty or rental payments and for compliance with the terms of such leases; (b) restriction or encumbrance that the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject to (including, without limitation, ground leases or other prior leases of the demised premises, mortgages, mechanics’ liens, tax liens, and easements); or (c) subordination of the interest of the lessee or sublessee under such lease to any restrictions or encumbrance referred to in the preceding clause (b);
(30) Liens (other than Liens securing Indebtedness) on, or related to, assets to secure all or part of the costs incurred in the ordinary course of the Energy Business for the exploration, drilling, development, production, processing, transportation, marketing, storage or operation thereof;
(31) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(32) Liens arising under the Senior Debt Indenture in favor of the Trustee for its own benefit and similar Liens in favor of other trustees, agents and representatives arising under instruments governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Senior Debt Indenture,provided, however, that such Liens are solely for the benefit of the trustees, agents or representatives in their capacities as such and not for the benefit of the holders of such Indebtedness;
(33) Liens arising from the deposit of funds or securities in trust for the purpose of decreasing or defeasing Indebtedness so long as such deposit of funds or securities and such decreasing or defeasing of Indebtedness are permitted under the covenant described under “— Certain covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and
(34) Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff, revocation, or charge back with respect to money or instruments of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings on deposit with or in possession of such bank.
50
Table of Contents
In each case set forth above, notwithstanding any stated limitation on the assets that may be subject to such Lien, a Permitted Lien on a specified asset or group or type of assets may include Liens on all improvements, additions and accessions thereto and all products and proceeds thereof (including dividends, distributions and increases in respect thereof).
“Permitted Payments” means, so long as Holdings is an entity taxable as a partnership or a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, distributions to the direct or indirect owners or members of Holdings in amounts, with respect to any period, not to exceed the Tax Amount for each such Person for such period;providedthat such distributions shall not exceed the excess of income taxes (computed as if Holdings and Holdings’ Subsidiaries were a single entity) over income taxes payable directly by Holdings or Holdings’ Subsidiaries.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.
“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.
“Production Payments and Reserve Sales” means the grant or transfer by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Person of a royalty, overriding royalty, net profits interest, production payment (whether volumetric or dollar denominated), partnership or other interest in oil and gas properties, reserves or the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties where the holder of such interest has recourse solely to such production or proceeds of production, subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to operate and maintain, or cause the subject interests to be operated and maintained, in a reasonably prudent manner or other customary standard or subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to indemnify for environmental, title or other matters customary in the Energy Business, including any such grants or transfers pursuant to incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the Energy Business for geologists, geophysicists or other providers of technical services to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay, extend, prepay, redeem or retire (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances” and “refinanced” shall have correlative meanings) any Indebtedness (including Indebtedness of Holdings that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary, but excluding Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary), including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness,provided, however, that:
(1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes;
(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;
(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest, premiums or defeasance costs required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith); and
(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes or the Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes or the
51
Table of Contents
Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.
“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Holdings other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.
“Senior Secured Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2007 among Holdings, as Parent Guarantor, the Company, as Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (providedthat such increase in borrowings is permitted under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock” above).
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of Holdings within the meaning ofRule 1-02 underRegulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Issue Date.
“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of an Issuer (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Notes pursuant to a written agreement.
“Subsidiary” of any Person means:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than an entity referred to in clause (2) below) of which more than 50% of the total Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership (whether general or limited), limited liability company or joint venture (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner or managing member of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there are more than a single general partner or member, either (i) the only general partners or managing members of which are such Personand/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof) or (ii) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such partnership, limited liability company or joint venture, respectively.
“Subsidiary Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Senior Notes and exchange notes issued in a registered exchange offer by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Senior Debt Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Subsidiary Guarantees. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee will be in the form prescribed by the Senior Debt Indenture.
“Subsidiary Guarantor” means Westside Pipeline Company, LLC, Atlas America, LLC, Atlas Noble, LLC, AER Pipeline Construction Inc., Viking Resources, LLC, AIC, LLC, Atlas Energy Ohio, LLC, Atlas Resources, LLC, Atlas Energy Michigan, LLC, Resource Energy, LLC, Resource Well Services, LLC, REI-NY, LLC and Atlas Gas & Oil Company, LLC and any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired by Holdings after the Issue Date (other
52
Table of Contents
than a Foreign Subsidiary and any Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is required to provide a guarantee as described under the heading “— Future Guarantors”.
“Tax Amount” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the combined federal, state and local income taxes that would be paid by such Person if it were a New York corporation located in New York City filing separate tax returns with respect to its Taxable Income for such period;provided, however, that in determining the Tax Amount, the effect thereon of any net operating loss carryforwards or other carryforwards or tax attributes, such as alternative minimum tax carryforwards, that would have arisen if such Person were a New York corporation located in New York City shall be taken into account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tax Amount should not include taxes resulting from such Person’s reorganization as or change in the status of a corporation.
“Taxable Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, such Person’s distributive share of Holdings’ or Holdings’ Subsidiaries’ taxable income or loss for such period for federal, state or local income tax purposes;providedthat (1) all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss, (2) any basis adjustment made in connection with an election under Section 754 of the Code shall be disregarded and (3) such taxable income shall be increased or such taxable loss shall be decreased by the amount of any interest expense incurred by Holdings that is not treated as deductible for federal income tax purposes by a partner or member of Holdings.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:
(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:
(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;
(3) on the date of such designation, such designation and the Investment of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Subsidiary complies with “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on restricted payments”;
(4) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:
(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or
(b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
(5) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to Holdings than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of Holdings.
In addition, without further designation, Anthem Securities, Inc. will be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall
53
Table of Contents
thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Senior Debt Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;providedthat immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and Holdings could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock” on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt;providedthat (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.
“Volumetric Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.
“Voting Stock” of an entity means all classes of Capital Stock of such entity then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of members of such entity’s Board of Directors.
“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by Holdings or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form
The Global Notes
The notes will be issued in the form of one or more registered notes in global form, without interest coupons, as follows:
• | Senior Notes sold to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A will be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons, or the Rule 144A global note; and | |
• | Senior Notes sold in offshore transactions tonon-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S will be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons, or the Regulation S global note. |
The Regulation S global notes together with the Rule 144A global notes are referred to as the global notes.
Upon issuance, each of the global notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC, which are called DTC participants, or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:
• | upon deposit of each global note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the initial purchasers; and | |
• | ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC |
54
Table of Contents
participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global note). |
Beneficial interests in the Rule 144A global notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in Regulation S global notes at any time except in the limited circumstances described below. See “— Exchanges among the global notes” below. Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for Senior Notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. Each global note and beneficial interests in each global note will be subject to restrictions on transfer as described under “Transfer restrictions.”
Exchanges among the Global Notes
The Distribution Compliance Period will begin on the closing date and end 40 days after the closing date.
Before the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S global note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Rule 144A global note only if:
(1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of the Senior Notes pursuant to Rule 144A; and
(2) the transferor first delivers to the applicable Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Senior Debt Indenture) to the effect that the Senior Notes are being transferred to a person:
(a) who the transferor reasonably believes to be a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A;
(b) purchasing for its own account or the account of a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A; and
(c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions.
Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A global note may be transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S global note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the applicable Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Senior Debt Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available).
Transfers involving exchanges of beneficial interests between global notes will be effected in DTC by means of an instruction originated by the applicable Trustee through DTC’s Deposit/Withdraw at Custodian system. Accordingly, in connection with any such transfer, appropriate adjustments will be made to reflect a decrease in the principal amount of a global note and a corresponding increase in the principal amount of another global note. Any beneficial interest in one of the global notes that is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the other global note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such global note and will become an interest in the other global note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interest in such other global note for so long as it remains such an interest.
Book-entry Procedures for the Global Notes
All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of each settlement system are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the initial purchasers are responsible for those operations or procedures.
DTC has advised us that it is:
• | a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York; | |
• | a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law; | |
• | a member of the Federal Reserve System; |
55
Table of Contents
• | a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and | |
• | a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. |
DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.
Investors in the global notes who are participants in DTC’s system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the global notes who are not participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations which are participants in such system. In that regard, investors in the Regulation S global notes may hold their interests therein through the Euroclear System or Clearstream Banking, S.A. (as indirect participants in DTC). Euroclear and Clearstream will hold interests in the Regulation S global notes on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositories, which are Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as operator of Clearstream. All interests in a global note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems.
So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Senior Notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the Senior Debt Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:
• | will not be entitled to have Senior Notes represented by the global note registered in their names; | |
• | will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated Senior Notes; and | |
• | will not be considered the owners or holders of the Senior Notes under the Senior Debt Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee under the Senior Debt Indenture. |
As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of Senior Notes under the Senior Debt Indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).
Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the Senior Notes represented by a global note will be made by the Trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.
Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.
Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Senior Notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global note to DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures forsame-day
56
Table of Contents
funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled insame-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way under the rules and operating procedures of those systems.
DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in their respective settlement systems. However, DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their respective operations.
Certificated Notes
Senior Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related Senior Notes only if:
• | DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days; | |
• | DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days; | |
• | we, at our option, notify the Trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated Senior Notes; or | |
• | certain other events provided in the Senior Debt Indenture should occur. |
Provisions Relating only to the Subordinated Debt Securities
Subordinated Debt Securities Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness
The subordinated debt securities will rank junior in right of payment to all of the senior indebtedness of Atlas Energy Resources, LLC.
Payment Blockages
The subordinated indenture will provide that no payment of principal, interest and any premium on the subordinated debt securities may be made in the event:
• | we or our property is involved in any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or bankruptcy; | |
• | we fail to pay the principal, interest, any premium or any other amounts on any senior indebtedness of Atlas Energy Resources, LLC within any applicable grace period or the maturity of such senior indebtedness is accelerated following any other default, subject to certain limited exceptions set forth in the subordinated indenture; or | |
• | any other default on any senior indebtedness of Atlas Energy Resources, LLC occurs that permits immediate acceleration of its maturity, in which case a payment blockage on the subordinated debt securities will be imposed for a maximum of 179 days at any one time. |
No Limitation on Amount of Senior Debt
The subordinated indenture will not limit the amount of senior indebtedness that Atlas Energy Resources, LLC may incur, unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement.
57
Table of Contents
The Trustee
We will enter into the indentures with a trustee that is qualified to act under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and with any other trustees chosen by us and appointed in a supplemental indenture for a particular series of debt securities.
Resignation or Removal of Trustee
If the trustee has or acquires a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the trustee shall either eliminate its conflicting interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and the applicable indenture. Any resignation will require the appointment of a successor trustee under the applicable Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of such indenture.
The trustee may resign or be removed by us with respect to one or more series of debt securities and a successor trustee may be appointed to act with respect to any such series. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of any series may remove the trustee with respect to the debt securities of such series.
Limitations on Trustee if it is Our Creditor
Each indenture will contain certain limitations on the right of the trustee, in the event that it becomes a creditor of an issuer or a guarantor, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise.
Annual Trustee Report to Holders of Debt Securities
The trustee is required to submit an annual report to the holders of the debt securities regarding, among other things, the trustee’s eligibility to serve as such, the priority of the trustee’s claims regarding certain advances made by it, and any action taken by the trustee materially affecting the debt securities.
Certificates and Opinions to be Furnished to Trustee
Each indenture will provide that, in addition to other certificates or opinions that may be specifically required by other provisions of an indenture, every application by us for action by the trustee shall be accompanied by a certificate of certain of our officers and an opinion of counsel (who may be our counsel) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with by us.
DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS
General
We may issue warrants to purchase common units, preferred units or any combination of these securities and these warrants may be issued by us independently or together with any underlying securities and may be attached to or separate from the underlying securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent in connection with the warrants of the series for which it is appointed and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants of that series.
58
Table of Contents
The following outlines some of the general terms and provisions of the warrants. Further terms of the warrants and the applicable warrant agreement will be stated in the applicable prospectus supplement. The following description and any description of the warrants in a prospectus supplement may not be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, reference to the terms and provisions of the warrant agreement, a form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement which contains this prospectus.
The applicable prospectus supplement will describe the terms of any warrants that we may offer, including the following:
• | the title of the warrants; | |
• | the total number of warrants; | |
• | the price or prices at which the warrants will be issued; | |
• | the currency or currencies investors may use to pay for the warrants; | |
• | the designation and terms of the underlying securities purchasable upon exercise of the warrants; | |
• | the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which investors may purchase the underlying securities purchasable upon exercise of the warrants; | |
• | the date on which the right to exercise the warrants will commence and the date on which the right will expire; | |
• | whether the warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form; | |
• | information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any; | |
• | if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of warrants which may be exercised at any one time; | |
• | if applicable, the designation and terms of the underlying securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each underlying security; | |
• | if applicable, the date on and after which the warrants and the related underlying securities will be separately transferable; | |
• | if applicable, a discussion of material United States federal income tax considerations; | |
• | the identity of the warrant agent; | |
• | the procedures and conditions relating to the exercise of the warrants; and | |
• | any other terms of the warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of the warrants. |
Warrant certificates may be exchanged for new warrant certificates of different denominations, and warrants may be exercised at the warrant agent’s corporate trust office or any other office indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement. Prior to the exercise of their warrants, holders of warrants exercisable for common or preferred units will not have any rights of holders of common or preferred units and will not be entitled to dividend payments, if any, or voting rights of the common or preferred units.
Exercise of Warrants
A warrant will entitle the holder to purchase for cash an amount of securities at an exercise price that will be stated in, or that will be determinable as described in, the applicable prospectus supplement. The exercise price for the warrants will be subject to adjustment in accordance with the applicable prospectus supplement. Warrants may be exercised at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants will become void.
Warrants may be exercised as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. Upon receipt of payment and the warrant certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the warrant agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will, as soon as practicable, forward the securities purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the warrants represented by such warrant certificate are exercised, a new warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining warrants.
59
Table of Contents
Enforceability of Rights
The holders of warrants, without the consent of the warrant agent, may, on their own behalf and for their own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against us to enforce their rights to exercise and receive the securities purchasable upon exercise of their warrants.
OUR LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
The following is a summary of our limited liability company agreement, as amended through the date of this prospectus. The limited liability company agreement defines the rights and obligations pertaining to the common units.
Organization
Our company was formed in June 2006 and will remain in existence until dissolved in accordance with our limited liability company agreement.
Purpose
Under our limited liability company agreement, we are permitted to engage, directly or indirectly, in any activity that our board of directors approves and that a limited liability company organized under Delaware law lawfully may conduct; provided, that our board of directors shall not cause us to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activities that it determines would cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.
Although our board of directors has the ability to cause us and our operating subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the exploitation, development and production of natural gas reserves, our board of directors has no current plans to do so. Our board of directors is authorized in general to perform all acts it deems to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.
Fiduciary Duties
Our limited liability company agreement provides that our business and affairs shall be managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our limited liability company agreement further provides that the authority and function of our board of directors and officers shall be identical to the authority and functions of a board of directors and officers of a corporation organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. However, our directors and officers do not owe us the same duties that the directors and officers of a corporation organized under the DGCL would owe to their corporation. Rather, our limited liability company agreement provides that the fiduciary duties and obligations owed to us and our members by our board of directors and officers is generally to act in good faith in the performance of their duties on behalf. If our conflicts committee approves a transaction involving potential conflicts, or if a transaction is on terms generally available from unaffiliated third parties or an action is taken that is fair and reasonable to the company, unitholders will not be able to assert that such approval constituted a breach of fiduciary duties owed to them by our directors and officers.
We are unlike publicly-traded partnerships whose business and affairs are managed by a general partner with fiduciary duties to the partnership. While our manager manages our day-to-day operations pursuant to the management agreement, subject to the oversight of our board of directors, we have no general partner with fiduciary duties to us. Our manager’s duties to us are contractual in nature and arise solely under the management agreement. As a consequence, our manager does not owe a fiduciary duty to us similar to that owed by a general partner to its limited partners or a board of directors to a corporation.
Agreement to be Bound by Limited Liability Company Agreement; Power of Attorney
By purchasing a common unit in us, you will be admitted as a member of our company and will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of our limited liability company agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, each unitholder and each person who acquires a common unit from a unitholder grants to our board of directors (and, if
60
Table of Contents
appointed, a liquidator) a power of attorney to, among other things, execute and file documents required for our qualification, continuance or dissolution. The power of attorney also grants our board of directors the authority to make certain amendments to, and to make consents and waivers under and in accordance with, our limited liability company agreement.
Capital Contributions
Unitholders (including holders of common units) are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “— Limited Liability.”
Distributions of Available Cash
Overview
Our limited liability company agreement requires that, within 45 days after the end of each quarter, we distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date.
Definition of available cash
Available cash generally means, for each fiscal quarter, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter:
• | less the amount of cash reserves established by our board of directors to: |
• | provide for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and credit needs); | |
• | comply with applicable law and any of our debt instruments or other agreements; and | |
• | provide funds for distributions (1) to our unitholders for any one or more of the next four quarters or (2) with respect to our management incentive interests; |
• | plus all cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter. |
Working capital borrowings are borrowings that are made under our credit facility or another arrangement and used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to unitholders.
Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus
General
All cash we distribute to unitholders is characterized as either “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Our limited liability company agreement requires that we distribute available cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from capital surplus.
Definition of operating surplus
Operating surplus generally means:
• | $40.0 million (as described below); plus | |
• | all of our cash receipts, including working capital borrowings but excluding cash from (1) borrowings that are not working capital borrowings, (2) sales of equity and debt securities and (3) sales or other dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business; plus | |
• | working capital borrowings made after the end of a quarter but before the date of determination of operating surplus for the quarter; plus | |
• | cash distributions paid on equity securities that we may issue to finance all or a portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset (such as equipment or reserves) during the period beginning on the date that we enter into a binding obligation to commence the construction, acquisition or |
61
Table of Contents
improvement of a capital improvement or replacement of a capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the capital improvement or capital asset is placed into service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; less |
• | our operating expenditures (as defined below); less | |
• | the amount of cash reserves established by our board of directors to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less | |
• | all working capital borrowings not repaid within 12 months after having been incurred. |
If a working capital borrowing, which increases operating surplus, is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will not be treated as a reduction in operating surplus because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.
Operating expenditures generally means all of our cash expenditures, including taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our manager, payments made in the ordinary course of business on commodity hedge contracts, director and officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and estimated maintenance capital expenditures, but do not include:
• | repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the last bullet point of the definition of operating surplus when the repayment actually occurs; | |
• | payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings; | |
• | expansion capital expenditures; | |
• | actual maintenance capital expenditures; | |
• | investment capital expenditures; | |
• | payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital transactions; or | |
• | distributions to our members (including distributions with respect to our management incentive interests). |
As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders. For example, it includes a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to $40.0 million of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including certain cash distributions on equity securities in operating surplus would be to increase operating surplus by the amount of the cash distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of the cash distributions we receive from non-operating sources.
None of actual maintenance capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditures are subtracted from operating surplus. Because actual maintenance capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued to finance all of the portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset (such as equipment or reserves) during the period from when we enter into a binding commitment to commence construction, acquisition or improvement of a capital asset until the earlier to occur of the date any such capital asset is placed into service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments and equity distributions are also not subtracted from operating surplus (except, in the case of maintenance capital expenditures, to the extent such interest payments and distributions are included in estimated maintenance capital expenditures).
62
Table of Contents
Capital Expenditures
Maintenance Capital Expenditures
For purposes of determining operating surplus, maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures we expect to make on an ongoing basis to maintain our capital asset base at a steady level over the long term. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and oil and natural gas reserves (including non-proved reserves attributable to undeveloped leasehold acreage), whether through the development, exploitation and production of an existing leasehold or the acquisition or development of a new oil or natural gas property, and plugging and abandonment costs. Maintenance capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued to finance all or any portion of a replacement asset during the period beginning on the date that we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction or development of the replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the replacement asset is placed into service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered maintenance capital expenditures.
Because our maintenance capital expenditures can be very large and irregular, the amount of our actual maintenance capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus, adjusted operating surplus and cash available for distribution to our unitholders if we subtracted actual maintenance capital expenditures from operating surplus. To eliminate the effect on operating surplus of these fluctuations, our limited liability company agreement requires that an estimate of the average quarterly maintenance capital expenditures (including estimated plugging and abandonment costs) necessary to maintain our asset base over the long term be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter as opposed to the actual amounts spent. The amount of estimated maintenance capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and approval by our board of directors, including a majority of our conflicts committee, at least once a year. We make the estimate at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our maintenance capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or the introduction of new governmental regulations that will impact our business. For purposes of calculating operating surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective only.
The use of estimated maintenance capital expenditures in calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:
• | it will reduce the risk that maintenance capital expenditures in any one quarter will be large enough to render operating surplus less than the IQD to be paid on all the units for that quarter and subsequent quarters; | |
• | it will increase our ability to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive from non-operating sources; | |
• | it will be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above the IQD and pay management incentive distributions; and | |
• | it will reduce the likelihood that a large maintenance capital expenditure during the Incentive Trigger Period, which we define in “— The12-Quarter Test and the4-Quarter Test,” will prevent the payment of a management incentive distribution in respect of the Incentive Trigger Period since the effect of an estimate is to spread the expected expense over several periods, thereby mitigating the effect of the actual payment of the expenditure on any single period. |
Expansion Capital Expenditures
Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that we expect to make to expand our capital asset base for the longer than short term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of reserves or equipment, the acquisition of new leasehold interests, or the development, exploitation and production of an existing leasehold interests, to the extent such expenditures are incurred to increase our capital asset base. Expansion capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued to finance all or any portion of a capital improvement during the period beginning on the date that we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction or development of the capital improvement and ending on from the earlier to occur of the commencement of construction or the financing of the capital improvement until the
63
Table of Contents
earlier to occur of the date the capital improvement is placed into service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered expansion capital expenditures.
Investment Capital Expenditures
Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or development of our undeveloped properties in excess of maintenance capital expenditures, but which are not expected to expand our asset base for more than the short term.
Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance capital purposes and in part for investment capital or expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditure by our board of directors, including a majority of our conflicts committee, based upon its good faith determination.
Definition of Capital Surplus
Capital surplus will generally be generated only by:
• | borrowings other than working capital borrowings; | |
• | sales of debt and equity securities; and | |
• | sales or other disposition of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other current assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirements or replacements of assets. |
Characterization of Cash Distributions
We will treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since we began operations equals the operating surplus as of the most recent date of determination of available cash. We will treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.
Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter in the following manner:
• | first, 98% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the holder of our Class A units, until we distribute $0.48 per unit for the quarter (the “First Target Distribution”); and | |
• | after that, any amount distributed with respect to the quarter in excess of the First Target Distribution per common unit will be distributed 98% to the holders of the common units, pro rata, and 2% to the holder of our Class A units until distributions become payable with respect to our management incentive interests as described in “— Management Incentive Interests” below. |
The Class A units will be entitled to 2% of all cash distributions from operating surplus, without any requirement for future capital contributions by the holders of such Class A units, even if we issue additional common units or other senior or subordinated equity securities in the future. The percentage interests shown above for the Class A units assume they have not been converted into common units. If the Class A units have been converted, the common units will receive the 2% of distributions originally allocated to the Class A units.
Management Incentive Interests
Management incentive interests represent the right to receive increasing amounts of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after we have made payments in excess of the First Target Distribution and the tests described below have been met. Our manager currently holds the management incentive interests, which are
64
Table of Contents
evidenced by the Class C limited liability company interests, but may transfer these rights separately from its Class A units, subject to restrictions in our limited liability company agreement.
Before the end of the Incentive Trigger Period, we will not pay any management incentive distributions. To the extent, however, that during the Incentive Trigger Period we distribute available cash from operating surplus in excess of the First Target Distribution, our board of directors intends to cause us to reserve an amount for payment of a one-time management incentive distribution earned during the Incentive Trigger Period, after such period ends. If during the Incentive Trigger Period we fail to satisfy a condition specified in the next paragraph, our board of directors will cause any such reserved amount to be released from that reserve and restored to available cash.
The12-Quarter Test and the4-Quarter Test
We will make management incentive payments if two tests are met. The first test is the12-Quarter Test, which requires that for the 12 full, consecutive, non-overlapping calendar quarters that begin with the first calendar quarter with respect to which we pay per unit cash distributions from operating surplus to holders of Class A and common units in an amount equal to or greater than the First Target Distribution (we refer to such12-quarter period as the Incentive Trigger Period):
• | we pay cash distributions from operating surplus to holders of our outstanding Class A and common units in an amount that on average exceeds the First Target Distribution on all of the outstanding Class A units and common units over the Incentive Trigger Period; | |
• | we generate adjusted operating surplus (which we define below) that on average is in an amount at least equal to all cash distributions on the outstanding Class A and common units plus the amount of any management incentive distributions that would have been payable if both the12-Quarter Test and the4-Quarter Test were met. This equates to: (i) 100% of all distributions on the outstanding Class A and common units up to the First Target Distribution plus (ii) 117.65% of any distributions in excess of the First Target Distribution up to $0.59 (the “Second Target Distribution”) plus (iii) 133.33% of any distributions in excess of the Second Target Distribution; and | |
• | we do not reduce the amount distributed per unit for any such 12 quarters; |
The second test is the4-Quarter Test, which requires that for each of (i) the last four full, consecutive, non-overlapping calendar quarters in the Incentive Trigger Period, or (ii) any four full, consecutive and non-overlapping quarters occurring after such last four quarters in the Incentive Trigger Period, provided that we have paid at least the IQD in each calendar quarter occurring between the end of the Incentive Trigger Period and the beginning of the four full, consecutive and non-overlapping quarters that satisfy the4-Quarter Test, or (iii) any four full, consecutive and non-overlapping quarters occurring partially within and partially after such last four quarters of the Incentive Trigger Period:
• | we pay cash distributions from operating surplus to the holders of our outstanding Class A and common units that exceed the First Target Distribution on all of the outstanding Class A and common units; | |
• | we generate adjusted operating surplus during each quarter in an amount at least equal to all cash distributions on the outstanding Class A and common units plus the amount of any management incentive distributions that would have been payable if both tests were met. This equates to (i) 100% of all distributions on the outstanding Class A and common units up to the First Target Distribution plus (ii) 117.65% of any distributions in excess of the First Target Distribution up to the Second Target Distribution plus (iii) 133.33% of any distributions in excess of the Second Target Distribution; and | |
• | we do not reduce the amount distributed per unit with respect to any of such four quarters. |
If both the12-Quarter Test and4-Quarter Test have been met, then:
• | We will make a one-time management incentive distribution to the holder of our management incentive interests (contemporaneously with the distribution paid with respect to the Class A and common units for the last calendar quarter in the4-Quarter Test) equal to the cumulative amount of the management incentive distributions that would have been paid based on the level of distributions made on our Class A and common |
65
Table of Contents
units during the Incentive Trigger Period if the management incentive distributions were payable on a quarterly basis rather than after completion of the Incentive Trigger Period, that is, (x) 17.65% of the sum of any cumulative amounts by which quarterly cash distributions per unit paid on the outstanding Class A and common units during the Incentive Trigger Period exceeded the First Target Distribution up to the Second Target Distribution and (y) 33.33% of the sum of any cumulative amounts by which quarterly cash distributions per unit paid on the outstanding Class A and common units during the Incentive Trigger Period exceeded the Second Target Distribution. |
• | For each calendar quarter after the two tests are satisfied, the holders of our Class A units, common units and management incentive interests will receive: |
• | 2%, 83% and 15%, respectively, of cash distributions from available cash from operating surplus that we pay for the quarter in excess of the First Target Distribution up to the Second Target Distribution; and | |
• | 2%, 73% and 25%, respectively, of cash distributions from available cash from operating surplus that we pay for the quarter in excess of the Second Target Distribution. |
Our board of directors has adopted a policy that it will raise our quarterly cash distribution only when it believes that (i) we have sufficient reserves and liquidity for the proper conduct of our business, including the maintenance of our asset base, and (ii) we can maintain such increased distribution level for a sustained period. While this is our current policy, our board of directors may alter the policy in the future when and if it determines such alteration to be appropriate. There is no cap on the distributions we may make on the management incentive interests.
Definition of Adjusted Operating Surplus
Adjusted operating surplus generally means, for any period:
• | operating surplus generated with respect to that period; less | |
• | any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less | |
• | any net reduction in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus | |
• | any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus | |
• | any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures made with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. |
Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from our operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods.
66
Table of Contents
Percentage Allocations of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of the available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and the owner of our management incentive interests up to various distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal percentage interest in distributions” are the percentage interests of our Class A unitholders and common unitholders and the holders of our management incentive interests in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Quarterly distribution level,” until available cash from operating surplus we distribute reaches the next distribution level, if any. The percentage interests shown for the IQD are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the IQD. The percentage interests shown in the table below assume that the Class A units have not been converted into common units as described herein.
Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions | ||||||||||||||||
Quarterly | Management | |||||||||||||||
Distribution | Class A | Common | Incentive | |||||||||||||
Level | Unitholders | Unitholders | Interests | |||||||||||||
IQD | $0.42 | 2 | % | 98 | % | 0 | % | |||||||||
First Target Distribution | up to $0.48 | 2 | % | 98 | % | 0 | % | |||||||||
Second Target Distribution* | above $0.48 | |||||||||||||||
up to $0.59 | 2 | % | 83 | % | 15 | % | ||||||||||
After that* | above $0.59 | 2 | % | 73 | % | 25 | % |
* | Assumes the12-Quarter Test and the4-Quarter Test have been met. Until the12-Quarter Test and the4-Quarter Test are met and distributions with respect to the management incentive interests become payable, quarterly distributions in excess of the First Target Distribution will be made 2% to the holder of the Class A units and 98% to the holders of common units, pro rata. |
Distributions from Capital Surplus
How We Will Make Distributions from Capital Surplus
We will make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:
• | First, 2% to the holder of our Class A units and 98% to all common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit that was issued in our initial public offering an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to the initial public offering price; and | |
• | After that, we will make all distributions of available cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus. |
Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus
Our limited liability company agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial common unit price from our initial public offering, which is a return of capital. We refer to the initial public offering price less any distributions of capital surplus per common unit as the “unrecovered initial common unit price.” Each time we make a distribution of capital surplus, the IQD, the First Target Distribution and the Second Target Distribution will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial common unit price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the IQD, after we make any of these distributions, it may be easier for our manager to receive management incentive distributions. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered initial common unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the IQD.
Once we distribute capital surplus on a common unit issued in our initial public offering in an amount equal to the initial common unit price, we will reduce the IQD, the First Target Distribution and the Second Target Distribution to zero. We will then make all future distributions from operating surplus, with 2% being distributed to the holder of our Class A units, 73% being distributed to our common unitholders, pro rata, and 25% being distributed to the holder of our management incentive interests. The percentage interests shown above for the
67
Table of Contents
Class A units assume they have not been converted into common units. If the Class A units have been converted, the common units will receive the 2% of distributions originally allocated to the Class A units.
Adjustment to the IQD and Target Distribution Levels
In addition to adjusting the IQD, First Target Distribution and Second Target Distribution to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our common units into fewer common units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of common units, we will proportionately adjust:
• | the IQD; | |
• | the First Target Distribution and Second Target Distribution; and | |
• | the unrecovered initial common unit price. |
For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the unrecovered initial common unit price would each be reduced to 50% of its initial level. We will not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.
In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is modified or interpreted by a court of competent jurisdiction so that we become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes, we will reduce the IQD, the First Target Distribution and the Second Target Distribution for each quarter by multiplying each by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter (after deducting our board of directors’ estimate of our aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of available cash for that quarter plus our board of directors’ estimate of our aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, we will account for the difference in subsequent quarters.
Distributions of Cash upon Liquidation
General
If we dissolve in accordance with our limited liability company agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and our manager in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.
Manner of Adjustments for Gain
The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in our limited liability company agreement, and requires that we will allocate any gain to the unitholders and holders of the Class A units in the following manner:
• | First, to the holders of common units who have negative balances in their capital accounts to the extent of and in proportion to those negative balances; | |
• | Second, 2% to the holder of our Class A units and 98% to the common unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: |
(1) the unrecovered initial common unit price; and
(2) the amount of the IQD for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and
• | Third, 2% to the holder of our Class A units and 98% to the common unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: |
(1) the amount described above under the second bullet point of this paragraph; and
(2) the excess of (I) over (II), where
68
Table of Contents
(I) equals the sum of the excess of the First Target Distribution per common unit over the IQD for each quarter of our existence; and
(II) equals the cumulative amount per common unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the IQD per common unit that we distributed 98% to our common unitholders, pro rata, for each quarter of our existence; and
• | Fourth, 2% to the holder of our Class A units, 83% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the holder of our management incentive interests until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: |
(1) the amount described above under the second bullet point of this paragraph; and
(2) the excess of (I) over (II), where
(I) equals the sum of the excess of the Second Target Distribution per common unit over the First Target Distribution for each quarter of our existence; and
(II) equals the cumulative amount per common unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the First Target Distribution per common unit that we distributed 83% to our common unitholders, pro rata, for each quarter of our existence; and
• | After that, 2% to the holder of our Class A units, 73% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the holder of our management incentive interests. |
Manner of Adjustments for Losses
Upon our liquidation, we will generally allocate any loss 2% to the holder of the Class A units and 98% to the holders of the outstanding common units, pro rata.
Adjustments to Capital Accounts
We will make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional common units. In doing so, we will allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain or loss resulting from the adjustments to the holder of the Class A units, the common unitholders, and the holders of the management incentive interests in the same manner as we allocate gain or loss upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional common units, we will allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional common units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the capital account balances of the holders of the management incentive interests equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made.
Limited Liability
The Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, which we refer to as the Delaware Act, provides that any unitholder who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the company for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, a limited liability company may not make a distribution to any unitholder if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the company, other than liabilities to unitholders on account of their limited liability company interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the company, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the company. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a company, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the company only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. Under the Delaware Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted unitholder of a company is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the company, except the assignee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a unitholder and that could not be ascertained from the limited liability company agreement.
69
Table of Contents
Our subsidiaries currently conduct business only in Kentucky, Michigan, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Tennessee and West Virginia. We may decide to conduct business in other states, and maintenance of limited liability for us, as a member of our operating subsidiaries, may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there. Limitations on the liability of unitholders for the obligations of a limited liability company have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. We will operate in a manner that our board of directors considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of our unitholders.
Voting Rights
Holders of our common units and our Class A units have voting rights on most matters. Our manager currently owns all of our Class A units and Atlas America owns 29,352,996 of our common units. Our manager also owns all of our management incentive interests, which do not have voting rights. The following matters require a unitholder vote:
Election of members of the board of directors | Class A and common unitholders, voting as a single class, elect the board members. Please read “— Election of Members of Our Board of Directors.” | |
Issuance of additional securities including common units | No approval right. | |
Amendment of our limited liability company agreement | Certain amendments may be made by our board of directors without unitholder approval. Other amendments generally require the approval of our common units and Class A units, voting as a single class. Please read “— Amendments of Our Limited Liability Company Agreement.” | |
Merger of our company or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets | Common unit majority and Class A unit majority. Please read “— Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.” | |
Dissolution of our company | Common unit majority and Class A unit majority. Please read “— Termination or Dissolution.” |
Matters requiring the approval of a common unit majority require the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units voting together as a single class and matters requiring the approval of a Class A unit majority require the approval of a majority of the outstanding Class A units voting together as a single class.
Elimination of Special Voting Rights of Class A Units
The class voting right of the Class A units can be eliminated only upon a proposal submitted by or with the consent of our board of directors and the vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of our outstanding common units. If such elimination is so approved, the Class A units will automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis and our manager will have the right to convert its management incentive interests into common units based on their then fair market value.
Issuance of Additional Securities
Our limited liability company agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional securities and authorizes us to buy securities for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our board of directors without the approval of the unitholders.
It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional units or other equity securities. Holders of any additional units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units, Class A units and management incentive interests in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional units or other equity securities may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of units in our net assets.
70
Table of Contents
In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our limited liability company agreement, we may also issue additional securities that, as determined by our board of directors, may have special voting or other rights to which the units are not entitled.
The holders of units will not have preemptive or preferential rights to acquire additional units or other securities.
Election of Members of Our Board of Directors
Our board of directors is elected by our Class A units and our common unitholders, voting together as a single class. The board of directors is be subject to a re-election on an annual basis at our annual meeting of members.
Removal of Members of Our Board of Directors
Any director may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and Class A units then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting as a single class.
Increase in the Size of Our Board of Directors
The size of our board of directors may increase only with the approval of a majority of the directors. If the size of our board of directors is so increased, the vacancy created thereby shall be filled by a person appointed by our board of directors until the next annual meeting of members.
Amendment of Our Limited Liability Company Agreement
General
Amendments to our limited liability company agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our board of directors. To adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our board of directors is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the unitholders to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a majority of the common units and the Class A units, voting together as a single class.
Prohibited Amendments
No amendment may be made that would:
• | enlarge the obligations of any unitholder without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of member interests so affected; or | |
• | provide that we are not dissolved upon an election to dissolve our company by our board of directors that is approved by a common unit majority and a Class A unit majority. |
The provision of our limited liability company agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in any of the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding common units, voting together as a single class, and 75% of the outstanding Class A units, voting together as a single class.
No Unitholder Approval
Our board of directors may generally make amendments to our limited liability company agreement without the approval of any unitholder or assignee to reflect:
• | a change in our name, the location of our principal place of our business, our registered agent or our registered office; | |
• | the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of members in accordance with our limited liability company agreement; |
71
Table of Contents
• | the merger of our company or any of our subsidiaries into, or the conveyance of all of our assets to, a newly-formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity; | |
• | a change that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for us to qualify or continue our qualification as a company in which our members have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we, our operating subsidiaries nor any of its subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes; | |
• | an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us, our board of directors or our officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed; | |
• | an amendment that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization of additional securities or rights to acquire securities; | |
• | any amendment expressly permitted in our limited liability company agreement to be made by our board of directors acting alone; | |
• | an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our limited liability company agreement; | |
• | any amendment that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our limited liability company agreement; | |
• | a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes; | |
• | a merger, conversion or conveyance effected in accordance with our limited liability company agreement; and | |
• | any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in the clauses above. |
In addition, our board of directors may make amendments to our limited liability company agreement without the approval of any unitholder or assignee if our board of directors determines that those amendments:
• | do not adversely affect the unitholders (including any particular class of unitholders as compared to other classes of unitholders) in any material respect; | |
• | are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute; | |
• | are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of units or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the units are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which our board of directors deems to be in the best interests of us and our unitholders; | |
• | are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our board of directors relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our limited liability company agreement; or | |
• | are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our limited liability company agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our limited liability company agreement. |
72
Table of Contents
Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval
Our board of directors will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to our unitholders or result in our being treated as an entity for federal income tax purposes if one of the amendments described above under “— No Unitholder Approval” should occur. No other amendments to our limited liability company agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding common units and Class A units unless we obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any unitholder of our company.
Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of unitholders whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.
Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets
Our board of directors is generally prohibited, without the prior approval of the holders of a common unit majority and Class A unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries, provided that our board of directors may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without that approval. Our board of directors may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon the encumbrances above without that approval.
If the conditions specified in our limited liability company agreement are satisfied, our board of directors may merge our company or any of its subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly-formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our limited liability company agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a merger or consolidation, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other transaction or event.
Termination and Dissolution
We will continue as a company until terminated under our limited liability company agreement. We will dissolve upon: (1) the election of our board of directors to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of a common unit majority and Class A unit majority; (2) the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of our company and our subsidiaries; or (3) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our company.
Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds
Upon our dissolution, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our board of directors that the liquidator deems necessary or desirable in its judgment, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “— Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.”
The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to unitholders in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our unitholders.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Our limited liability company agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to take control of our company without the approval of our board of directors. Specifically, our limited liability company agreement provides that we will elect to have Section 203 of the DGCL apply to transactions in which an interested common unitholder (as described below) seeks to enter into a merger or business
73
Table of Contents
combination with us. Under this provision, such a holder will not be permitted to enter into a merger or business combination with us unless:
• | before such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the common unitholder’s becoming an interested common unitholder; | |
• | upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the common unitholder becoming an interested common unitholder, the interested common unitholder owned at least 85% of our outstanding common units at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of common units outstanding those common units owned: | |
• | by persons who are directors and also officers; and | |
• | by employee common unit plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether common units held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or | |
• | at or after such time the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of our common unitholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of our outstanding voting common units that are not owned by the interested common unitholder. |
Section 203 defines “business combination” to include:
• | any merger or consolidation involving the company and the interested common unitholder; | |
• | any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the company involving the interested common unitholder; | |
• | subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the company of any common units of the company to the interested common unitholder; | |
• | any transaction involving the company that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the units of any class or series of the company beneficially owned by the interested common unitholder; or | |
• | the receipt by the interested common unitholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the company. |
In general, an “interested common unitholder” is any person or entity, other than Atlas America, our manager, their affiliates or transferees, that beneficially owns (or within three years did own) 15% or more of the outstanding common units of the company and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.
The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for common units held by common unitholders.
Our limited liability agreement also restricts the voting rights of common unitholders by providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than Atlas America, our manager, their affiliates or transferees and persons who acquire such units with the prior approval of our board of directors, cannot vote on any matter.
74
Table of Contents
Limited Call Right
If at any time any person owns more than 87.5% of the then-issued and outstanding membership interests of any class, such person will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining membership interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our management, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days’ notice. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our limited liability company agreement or applicable Delaware law if this limited call right is exercised. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:
• | the highest cash price paid by such person for any membership interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which such person first mails notice of its election to purchase those membership interests; or | |
• | the closing market price as of the date three days before the date the notice is mailed. |
As a result of this limited call right, a holder of membership interests in our company may have his membership interests purchased at an undesirable time or price. Please read “Risk factors — Risks Related to Our Structure.” The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his units in the market. Please read “Material Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units.”
Meetings; Voting
Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of units then outstanding, unitholders on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our unitholders and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.
All notices of meetings of unitholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with our limited liability company agreement not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted (no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the unitholders (but any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the board of directors intends to present for election. Any previously scheduled meeting of the unitholders may be postponed, and any special meeting of the unitholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the board of directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of unitholders.
Units that are owned by an assignee who is a record holder, but who has not yet been admitted as a member, shall be voted at the written direction of the record holder by a proxy designated by our board of directors. Absent direction of this kind, the units will not be voted, except that units held by us on behalf of non-citizen assignees shall be voted in the same ratios as the votes of unitholders on other units are cast.
Any action required or permitted to be taken by our unitholders may be taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units as would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting. Special meetings of the unitholders may be called only by the chairman or vice chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, president or board of directors.
Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.
Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional units having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “— Issuance of Additional Securities” above. However, if at any time any person or group, other than Atlas America, our manager and their affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of Atlas America, our manager or their affiliates, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding
75
Table of Contents
when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise.
Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of units will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.
Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption
If we or any of our subsidiaries are or become subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our board of directors, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any unitholder or assignee, we may redeem, upon 30 days’ advance notice, the units held by the unitholder or assignee at their current market price. To avoid any cancellation or forfeiture, our board of directors may require each unitholder or assignee to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or related status. If a unitholder or assignee fails to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or other related status within 30 days after a request for the information or our board of directors determines after receipt of the information that the unitholder or assignee is not an eligible citizen, the unitholder or assignee may be treated as a non-citizen assignee. In addition to other limitations on the rights of an assignee who is not a substituted unitholder, a non-citizen assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation.
Indemnification
Under our limited liability company agreement and subject to specified limitations, we will indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events any person who is or was our director or officer, or while serving as our director or officer, is or was serving as a tax matters member or, at our request, as a director, manager, officer, tax matters member, employee, partner, fiduciary or trustee of us or any of our subsidiaries. Additionally, we shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law and authorized by our board of directors, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events any person is or was an employee or agent (other than an officer) of our company.
Any indemnification under our limited liability company agreement will only be out of our assets. We are authorized to purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our limited liability company agreement.
Books and Reports
We are required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.
We will furnish or make available to record holders of units, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 90 days after the close of each quarter.
We will furnish each record holder of a unit with information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. We furnish this information in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of unitholders can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with information.
76
Table of Contents
Right to Inspect Our Books and Records
Our limited liability company agreement provides that a unitholder can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a unitholder, upon reasonable demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:
• | a current list of the name and last known address of each unitholder; | |
• | a copy of our tax returns; | |
• | information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each unitholder and the date on which each became a unitholder; | |
• | copies of our limited liability company agreement, the certificate of formation of the company, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed; | |
• | information regarding the status of our business and financial condition; and | |
• | any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable. |
Our board of directors may, and intends to, keep confidential from our unitholders information that it believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information, the disclosure of which our board of directors believes in good faith is not in our best interests, information that could damage our company or our business, or information that we are required by law or by agreements with a third party to keep confidential.
Registration Rights
Under our limited liability company agreement, we have agreed to register for sale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws (subject to certain limitations) any common units proposed to be sold by Atlas America, our manager or any of their affiliates if an exemption from the registration requirements is not available. These registration rights require us to file up to three registration statements. We have also agreed to include any securities held by Atlas America, our manager or any of their affiliates in any registration statement that we file to offer securities for cash, except an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan and other similar exceptions. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions.
In addition, on June 29, 2007, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the purchasers in our June 2007 private placement. On February 20, 2008, a shelf registration statement providing for the resale from time to time of the common units held by those unitholders became effective.
MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
This section is a discussion of the material tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Ledgewood, P.C., counsel to us and our manager, insofar as it relates to matters of United States federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters. This section is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed regulations and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references to us and our and our subsidiaries.
This section does not address all federal income tax matters that affect us or the unitholders. Furthermore, this section focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, non-resident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, individual retirement accounts (IRAs), employee benefit plans, real estate investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds. Accordingly, we urge each prospective unitholder to consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of our common units.
77
Table of Contents
No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter that affects us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions and advice of Ledgewood. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made in this discussion may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the prices at which our common units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders and thus will be borne directly by our unitholders. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.
All statements regarding matters of law and legal conclusions set forth below, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Ledgewood and are based on the accuracy of the representations made by us. Statements of fact do not represent opinions of Ledgewood.
For the reasons described below, Ledgewood has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax issues:
(1) the treatment of a unitholder whose units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of units (please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership— Treatment of Short Sales”);
(2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”);
(3) whether percentage depletion will be available to a unitholder or the extent of the percentage depletion deduction available to any unitholder (please read “— Tax Treatment of Operations — Depletion Deductions”); and
(4) whether the deduction related to United States production activities will be available to a unitholder or the extent of such deduction to any unitholder (please read “— Tax Treatment of Operations — Deduction for United States Production Activities”).
Partnership Status
Except as discussed in the following paragraph, a limited liability company that has more than one member and that has not elected to be treated as a corporation is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, therefore, is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner is required to take into account his share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, even if no cash distributions are made to him. Distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the partner unless the amount of cash distributed to him is in excess of his adjusted basis in his partnership interest.
Section 7704 of the Code provides that publicly-traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to in this discussion as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly-traded partnerships 90% or more of the gross income of which for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, transportation and marketing of natural resources, including oil, natural gas, and products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include fee-based income derived from the drilling, management and operation of oil and natural gas wells for our investment partnerships, interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than 1% of our current income does not constitute qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based on and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us, and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Ledgewood is of the opinion that more than 90% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our income that is qualifying income can change from time to time.
78
Table of Contents
No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS, and the IRS has made no determination as to our status or the status of our operating subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes or whether our operations generate “qualifying income” under Section 7704 of the Code. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Ledgewood. Ledgewood is of the opinion, based upon the Code, its regulations, published revenue rulings, court decisions and the representations described below, that we will be classified as a partnership, and each of our operating subsidiaries will be disregarded as an entity separate from us, for federal income tax purposes.
In rendering its opinion, Ledgewood has relied on factual representations made by us. The representations made by us upon which Ledgewood has relied include:
(a) Neither we, nor any of our subsidiaries, have elected nor will we elect to be treated as a corporation; and
(b) For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income will be income that Ledgewood has opined or will opine is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code.
If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery, we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation and then distributed that stock to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This deemed contribution and liquidation would be tax-free to unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
If we were taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to the unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as taxable dividend income to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in his units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder’s tax basis in his units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the units.
The remainder of this section is based on Ledgewood’s opinion that we will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
Unitholder Status
Unitholders who become our members will be treated as our partners for federal income tax purposes. Also, assignees who have executed and delivered transfer applications, and are awaiting admission as members, and unitholders whose units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their units will be treated as our partners for federal income tax purposes.
Because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority addressing the federal tax treatment of assignees of units who are entitled to execute and deliver transfer applications and thereby become entitled to direct the exercise of attendant rights, but who fail to execute and deliver transfer applications, the opinion of Ledgewood does not extend to these persons. Furthermore, a purchaser or other transferee of units who does not execute and deliver a transfer application may not receive some federal income tax information or reports furnished to record holders of units unless the units are held in a nominee or street name account and the nominee or broker has executed and delivered a transfer application for those units.
A beneficial owner of units whose units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those units for federal income tax purposes. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales.”
79
Table of Contents
Items of our income, gain, loss, or deduction are not reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes would therefore be fully taxable as ordinary income. These unitholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the consequences of their status as partners in us for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Flow-through of Taxable Income
We do not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder is required to report on his income tax return his share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether corresponding cash distributions are received by him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year or years ending with or within his taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.
Treatment of Distributions
Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to him for federal income tax purposes to the extent of his tax basis in his units immediately before the distribution. Cash distributions made by us to a unitholder in an amount in excess of his tax basis in his units generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of those units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “— Disposition of Common Units” below. To the extent that cash distributions made by us cause a unitholder’s “at risk” amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please read “— Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”
Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities for which no partner bears the economic risk of loss, known as “non-recourse liabilities,” will be treated as a distribution of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional units will decrease his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash, which may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in his units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including recapture of intangible drilling costs, depletion and depreciation recapture,and/or substantially appreciated “inventory items,” all as defined in Section 751 of the Code, and collectively, “Section 751 Assets.” To that extent, he will be treated as having received his proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholder’s realization of ordinary income. That income will equal the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis for the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.
Basis of Common Units
A unitholder’s initial tax basis for his common units will be the amount he paid for the units plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be increased by his share of our income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis generally will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions to him from us, by his share of our losses, by depletion deductions taken by him to the extent such deductions do not exceed his proportionate share of the adjusted tax basis of the underlying producing properties, by any decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities will generally be based on his share of our profits. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”
Limitations on Deductibility of Losses
The deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be limited to his tax basis in his common units and, in the case of an individual unitholder or a corporate unitholder, if more than 50% of the value of its stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations, to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that amount is less than his tax basis. A
80
Table of Contents
unitholder must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause his at-risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a later year to the extent that his tax basis or at-risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased. Upon the taxable disposition of a common unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any excess loss above that gain previously suspended by the at risk or basis limitations is no longer utilizable.
In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of his tax basis in his common units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to the unitholder or can look only to the common units for repayment. A unitholder’s at-risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder’s common units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Moreover, a unitholder’s at risk amount will decrease by the amount of the unitholder’s depletion deductions and will increase to the extent of the amount by which the unitholder’s percentage depletion deductions with respect to our property exceed the unitholder’s share of the basis of that property.
The at risk limitation applies on anactivity-by-activity basis, and in the case of natural gas and oil properties, each property is treated as a separate activity. Thus, a taxpayer’s interest in each oil or gas property is generally required to be treated separately so that a loss from any one property would be limited to the at risk amount for that property and not the at risk amount for all the taxpayer’s natural gas and oil properties. It is uncertain how this rule is implemented in the case of multiple natural gas and oil properties owned by a single entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. However, for taxable years ending on or before the date on which further guidance is published, the IRS will permit aggregation of oil or gas properties we own in computing a unitholder’s at risk limitation with respect to us. If a unitholder must compute his at risk amount separately with respect to each oil or gas property we own, he may not be allowed to utilize his share of losses or deductions attributable to a particular property even though he has a positive at risk amount with respect to his common units as a whole.
The passive loss limitation generally provides that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely held corporations and personal service corporations are permitted to deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally defined as trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer’s income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitation is applied separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership. Consequently, any losses we generate will be available to offset only our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments, including our investments, a unitholder’s investments in other publicly-traded partnerships, or a unitholder’s salary or active business income. If we dispose of all or only part of our interest in an oil or gas property, unitholders will be able to offset their suspended passive activity losses from our activities against the gain, if any, on the disposition. Any previously suspended losses in excess of the amount of gain recognized will remain suspended. Notwithstanding whether a natural gas and oil property is a separate activity, passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted by the unitholder in full only when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive activity loss rules are applied after certain other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at-risk rules and the tax basis limitation.
A unitholder’s share of our net income may be offset by any of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly-traded partnerships.
81
Table of Contents
Limitation on Interest Deductions
The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:
• | interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment; | |
• | our interest expense attributable to portfolio income; and | |
• | the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income. |
The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a common unit.
Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. The IRS has indicated that net passive income earned by a publicly-traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition, the unitholder’s share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.
Entity-level Collections
If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state or local income tax on behalf of any unitholder or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a unitholder whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend our limited liability company agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of common units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under our limited liability company agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of a unitholder in which event the unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction
In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. If we have a net loss for an entire year, the loss will be allocated to our unitholders according to their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital account balances.
Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction have been and will be allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code to account for the difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time of our initial public offering, which assets are referred to in this discussion as “Contributed Property.” These allocations are required to eliminate the difference between a partner’s “book” capital account, credited with the fair market value of Contributed Property, and the “tax” capital account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property, referred to in this discussion as the “book-tax disparity.” In the event we issue additional units or engage in certain other transactions in the future, Section 704(c) allocations will be made to all holders of partnership interests to account for the difference between the “book” basis for purposes of maintaining capital accounts and the fair market value of all property held by us at the time of the future transaction. In addition, items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by other unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.
82
Table of Contents
An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by Section 704(c), will generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a unitholder’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial economic effect. In any other case, a unitholder’s share of an item will be determined on the basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:
• | his relative contributions to us; | |
• | the interests of all the unitholders in profits and losses; | |
• | the interest of all the unitholders in cash flow; and | |
• | the rights of all the unitholders to distributions of capital upon liquidation. |
Ledgewood is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election,” “— Uniformity of Common units” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” allocations under our limited liability company agreement will be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a unitholder’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.
Treatment of Short Sales
A unitholder whose common units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be a partner for tax purposes with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:
• | none of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units would be reportable by the unitholder; | |
• | any cash distributions received by the unitholder with respect to those units would be fully taxable; and | |
• | all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income. |
Because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on the issue, Ledgewood has not rendered an opinion regarding the treatment of a unitholder whose units are loaned to a short seller. Therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from loaning their units. The IRS has announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”
Tax Rates
In general, the highest effective federal income tax rate for individuals currently is 35% and the maximum federal income tax rate for net capital gains of an individual currently is 15% if the asset disposed of was held for more than 12 months at the time of disposition.
Section 754 Election
We have made the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. That election will generally permit us to adjust a unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets (“inside basis”) under Section 743(b) of the Code to reflect his purchase price. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not apply to a person who purchases units directly from us, and it belongs only to the purchaser and not to other unitholders. Please also read, however, “— Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” above. For purposes of this discussion, a unitholder’s inside basis in our assets has two components: (1) his share of our tax basis in our assets (“common basis”) and (2) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.
Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Code require, if the remedial allocation method is adopted (which we have adopted), a portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to recovery property to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the Section 704(c) built-in gain.
83
Table of Contents
A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is higher than the units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depletion and depreciation deductions and his share of any gain on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is lower than those units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of the units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial built-in loss immediately after the transfer, or if we distribute property and have a substantial basis reduction. Generally a built-in loss or a basis reduction is substantial if it exceeds $250,000.
The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we allocated to our tangible assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, an intangible asset, is generally either nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS or that the resulting deductions will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.
Tax Treatment of Operations
Accounting Method and Taxable Year
We use the accrual method of accounting and the tax year ending December 31 for federal income purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with his taxable year. For example, a unitholder who uses the calendar year will be required to include in his income for 2008 his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending December 31, 2008. In addition, a unitholder who has a different taxable year than our taxable year and who disposes of all of his units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in income for his taxable year his share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”
Depletion Deductions
Subject to the limitations on deductibility of losses discussed above, unitholders will be entitled to deductions for the greater of either cost depletion or (if otherwise allowable) percentage depletion with respect to our natural gas and oil interests. Although the Code requires each unitholder to compute his own depletion allowance and maintain records of his share of the adjusted tax basis of the underlying property for depletion and other purposes, we intend to furnish each of our unitholders with information relating to this computation for federal income tax purposes.
Percentage depletion is generally available with respect to unitholders who qualify under the independent producer exemption contained in Section 613A(c) of the Code. For this purpose, an independent producer is a person not directly or indirectly involved in the retail sale of oil, natural gas, or derivative products or the operation of a major refinery. Percentage depletion is calculated as an amount generally equal to 15% (and, in the case of marginal production, potentially a higher percentage) of the unitholder’s gross income from the depletable property for the taxable year. The percentage depletion deduction with respect to any property is limited to 100% of the taxable income of the unitholder from the property for each taxable year, computed without the depletion allowance. A unitholder that qualifies as an independent producer may deduct percentage depletion only to the extent the unitholder’s daily production of domestic crude oil, or the natural gas equivalent, does not exceed
84
Table of Contents
1,000 barrels. This depletable amount may be allocated between natural gas and oil production, with 6,000 cubic feet of domestic natural gas production regarded as equivalent to one barrel of crude oil. The 1,000 barrel limitation must be allocated among the independent producer and controlled or related persons and family members in proportion to the respective production by such persons during the period in question.
In addition to the foregoing limitations, the percentage depletion deduction otherwise available is limited to 65% of a unitholder’s total taxable income from all sources for the year, computed without the depletion allowance, net operating loss carrybacks, or capital loss carrybacks. Any percentage depletion deduction disallowed because of the 65% limitation may be deducted in the following taxable year if the percentage depletion deduction for such year plus the deduction carryover does not exceed 65% of the unitholder’s total taxable income for that year. The carryover period resulting from the 65% net income limitation is indefinite.
Unitholders that do not qualify under the independent producer exemption are generally restricted to depletion deductions based on cost depletion. Cost depletion deductions are calculated by (i) dividing the unitholder’s share of the adjusted tax basis in the underlying mineral property by the number of mineral units (barrels of oil and Mcf of natural gas) remaining as of the beginning of the taxable year and (ii) multiplying the result by the number of mineral units sold within the taxable year. The total amount of deductions based on cost depletion cannot exceed the unitholder’s share of the total adjusted tax basis in the property.
All or a portion of any gain recognized by a unitholder as a result of either the disposition by us of some or all of our natural gas and oil interests or the disposition by the unitholder of some or all of his units may be taxed as ordinary income to the extent of recapture of depletion deductions, except for percentage depletion deductions in excess of the basis of the property. The amount of the recapture is generally limited to the amount of gain recognized on the disposition.
The foregoing discussion of depletion deductions does not purport to be a complete analysis of the complex legislation and Treasury Regulations relating to the availability and calculation of depletion deductions by the unitholders. Further, because depletion is required to be computed separately by each unitholder and not by our partnership, no assurance can be given, and counsel is unable to express any opinion, with respect to the availability or extent of percentage depletion deductions to the unitholders for any taxable year. We encourage each prospective unitholder to consult his tax advisor to determine whether percentage depletion would be available to him.
Deductions for Intangible Drilling and Development Costs
Under our existing investment partnership agreements, all intangible drilling and development costs, which we refer to as IDCs, are allocated to investors in the partnerships and none to us. IDCs generally include our expenses for wages, fuel, repairs, hauling, supplies and other items that are incidental to, and necessary for, the drilling and preparation of wells for the production of oil, natural gas, or geothermal energy. The option to currently deduct IDCs applies only to those items that do not have a salvage value.
In future investment partnerships, a portion of IDCs may be allocated to us. In addition, we may undertake drilling for our own account. Should we be entitled to IDCs, we will elect to currently deduct them.
Although we will elect to currently deduct IDCs that may be available to us, each unitholder will have the option of either currently deducting IDCs or capitalizing all or part of the IDCs and amortizing them on a straight-line basis over a60-month period, beginning with the taxable month in which the expenditure is made. If a unitholder makes the election to amortize the IDCs over a60-month period, no IDC preference amount will result for alternative minimum tax purposes.
Integrated oil companies must capitalize 30% of all their IDCs (other than IDCs paid or incurred with respect to natural gas and oil wells located outside of the United States) and amortize these IDCs over 60 months beginning in the month in which those costs are paid or incurred. If the taxpayer ceases to be an integrated oil company, it must continue to amortize those costs as long as it continues to own the property to which the IDCs relate. An “integrated oil company” is a taxpayer that has economic interests in crude oil deposits and also carries on substantial retailing or refining operations. An oil or gas producer is deemed to be a substantial retailer or refiner if it is subject to the rules disqualifying retailers and refiners from taking percentage depletion. In order to qualify as an “independent producer” that is not subject to these IDC deduction limits, a unitholder, either directly or indirectly through certain
85
Table of Contents
related parties, may not be involved in the refining of more than 75,000 barrels of oil (or the equivalent amount of natural gas) on average for any day during the taxable year or in the retail marketing of natural gas and oil products exceeding $5 million per year in the aggregate.
IDCs previously deducted that are allocable to property (directly or through ownership of an interest in a partnership) and that would have been included in the adjusted basis of the property had the IDC deduction not been taken are recaptured to the extent of any gain realized upon the disposition of the property or upon the disposition by a unitholder of interests in us. Recapture is generally determined at the unitholder level. Where only a portion of the recapture property is sold, any IDCs related to the entire property are recaptured to the extent of the gain realized on the portion of the property sold. In the case of a disposition of an undivided interest in a property, a proportionate amount of the IDCs with respect to the property is treated as allocable to the transferred undivided interest to the extent of any gain recognized. See “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”
Deduction for United States Production Activities
Subject to the limitations on the deductibility of losses discussed above and the limitation discussed below, unitholders will be entitled to a deduction, herein referred to as the Section 199 deduction, equal to a specified percentage of our qualified production activities income that is allocated to such unitholder. The percentages are 6% for qualified production activities income generated in the years 2007, 2008 and 2009, and 9% thereafter.
Qualified production activities income is generally equal to gross receipts from domestic production activities reduced by cost of goods sold allocable to those receipts, other expenses directly associated with those receipts, and a share of other deductions, expenses and losses that are not directly allocable to those receipts or another class of income. The products produced must be manufactured, produced, expanded or extracted in whole or in significant part by the taxpayer in the United States.
For a partnership, the Section 199 deduction is determined at the partner level. To determine his Section 199 deduction, each unitholder will aggregate his share of the qualified production activities income allocated to him from us with the unitholder’s qualified production activities income from other sources. Each unitholder must take into account his distributive share of the expenses allocated to him from our qualified production activities regardless of whether we otherwise have taxable income. However, our expenses that otherwise would be taken into account for purposes of computing the Section 199 deduction are only taken into account if and to the extent the unitholder’s share of losses and deductions from all of our activities is not disallowed by the basis rules, the at-risk rules or the passive activity loss rules. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”
The amount of a unitholder’s Section 199 deduction for each year is limited to 50% of the IRSForm W-2 wages paid by the unitholder during the calendar year that are deducted in arriving at qualified production activities income. Each unitholder is treated as having been allocated IRSForm W-2 wages from us equal to the unitholder’s allocable share of our wages that are deducted in arriving at our qualified production activities income for that taxable year.It is not anticipated that we or our subsidiaries will pay material wages that will be allocated to our unitholders.
This discussion of the Section 199 deduction does not purport to be a complete analysis of the complex legislation and Treasury authority relating to the calculation of domestic production gross receipts, qualified production activities income, or IRSForm W-2 Wages, or how such items are allocated by us to unitholders. Further, because the Section 199 deduction is required to be computed separately by each unitholder, no assurance can be given, and counsel is unable to express any opinion, as to the availability or extent of the Section 199 deduction to the unitholders. Each prospective unitholder is encouraged to consult his tax advisor to determine whether the Section 199 deduction would be available to him.
86
Table of Contents
Lease Acquisition Costs
The cost of acquiring natural gas and oil leaseholder or similar property interests is a capital expenditure that must be recovered through depletion deductions if the lease is productive. If a lease is proved worthless and abandoned, the cost of acquisition less any depletion claimed may be deducted as an ordinary loss in the year the lease becomes worthless. Please read “Tax Treatment of Operations — Depletion Deductions.”
Geophysical Costs
The costs of geophysical exploration incurred in connection with the exploration and development of oil and gas properties in the United States are deducted ratably over a24-month period beginning on the date that such expense is paid or incurred.
Operating and Administrative Costs
Amounts paid for operating a producing well are deductible as ordinary business expenses, as are administrative costs to the extent they constitute ordinary and necessary business expenses which are reasonable in amount.
Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization
The tax basis of our assets, such as casing, tubing, tanks, pumping units and other similar property, will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to (i) [this offering] will be borne by our existing unitholders, and (ii) any other offering will be borne by our unitholders as of that time. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”
To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets are placed in service. Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Code.
If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure, or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”
The costs incurred in selling our common units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which we may be able to amortize, and as syndication expenses, which we may not amortize. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incurred in our initial public offering and may incur in future offerings will be treated as syndication expenses.
Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties
The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values and the tax bases of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.
87
Table of Contents
Disposition of Common Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss
Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of common units equal to the difference between the unitholder’s amount realized and the unitholder’s tax basis for the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will equal the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property he receives plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.
Prior distributions from us in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a common unit that decreased a unitholder’s tax basis in that unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholder’s tax basis in that unit, even if the price received is less than his original cost.
Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a “dealer” in units, on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. A portion of this gain or loss, which may be substantial, however, will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to “unrealized receivables” or “inventory items” that we own. The term “unrealized receivables” includes potential recapture items, including depreciation, depletion, and IDC recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables and inventory items may exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Net capital loss may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gain in the case of corporations.
The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling, a unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the regulations, may designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and those Treasury Regulations.
Specific provisions of the Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:
• | a short sale; | |
• | an offsetting notional principal contract; or | |
• | a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property. |
Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer who enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.
88
Table of Contents
Allocations between Transferors and Transferees
In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, which we refer to as the allocation date. However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the unitholders on the allocation date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.
Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code and most publicly-traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations and there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on the issue. Accordingly, Ledgewood is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between unitholders although Ledgewood has advised us that our decision to use this method is a reasonable interpretation of the Treasury Regulations. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between unitholders, as well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.
A unitholder who owns units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to that quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.
Notification Requirements
A unitholder who sells any of his units, other than through a broker, generally is required to notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale). A person who purchases units from another unitholder is required to notify us in writing of that purchase within 30 days after the purchase, unless a broker or nominee will satisfy such requirement. We are required to notify the IRS of any such transfers of units and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of units may lead to the imposition of substantial penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker.
Constructive Termination
We will be considered to have terminated for tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than 12 months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns (and unitholders receiving two Schedule K-1s) for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all unitholders. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination.
Uniformity of Common Units
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the common units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of TreasuryRegulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6). Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the common units. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.”
89
Table of Contents
We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized book-tax disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the common basis of that property, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable, consistent with the regulations under Section 743 of the Code. This method is consistent with the Treasury Regulations applicable to all of our depreciable property.
Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors
Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them.
Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.
A regulated investment company, or “mutual fund,” is required to derive at least 90% of its gross income from certain permitted sources. Income from the ownership of units in a “qualified publicly-traded partnership” is generally treated as income from a permitted source. We expect that we will meet the definition of a qualified publicly-traded partnership.
Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of the ownership of units. As a consequence they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Under rules applicable to publicly-traded partnerships, we will withhold tax, at the highest effective applicable rate, from cash distributions made quarterly to foreign unitholders. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on aForm W-8 BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.
In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the United States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” that is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.
Under a ruling issued by the IRS, a foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized on the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Apart from the ruling, a foreign unitholder will not be taxed or subject to withholding upon the sale or disposition of a unit if he has owned less than 5% in value of the units during the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and if the units are regularly traded on an established securities market at the time of the sale or disposition.
Administrative Matters
Information Returns and Audit Procedures
We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information, including aSchedule K-1, which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction.
90
Table of Contents
We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor counsel can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the units.
The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability and possibly may result in an audit of his own return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.
Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated as the tax matters partner for these purposes. The limited liability company agreement appoints our manager as our tax matters partner.
The tax matters partner will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the tax matters partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The tax matters partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the tax matters partner. The tax matters partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the tax matters partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.
A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.
Nominee Reporting
Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:
• | the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee; | |
• | a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is: |
• | a person that is not a United States person, | |
• | a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, or | |
• | a tax-exempt entity; |
• | the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and | |
• | specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales. |
Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are United States persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $50 per failure, up to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.
Accuracy-related Penalties
An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements
91
Table of Contents
of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding that portion.
For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000. The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:
• | for which there is, or was, “substantial authority,” or | |
• | as to which there is a reasonable basis and the relevant facts of that position are disclosed on the return. |
If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of unitholders could result in that kind of an “understatement” of income for which no “substantial authority” exists, we would be required to disclose the pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules would apply to an understatement of tax resulting from ownership of units if we were classified as a “tax shelter.” We believe we will not be classified as a tax shelter.
A substantial valuation misstatement exists if the value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or adjusted basis. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for a corporation other than an S Corporation or a personal holding company). If the valuation claimed on a return is 200% or more than the correct valuation, the penalty imposed increases to 40%.
Reportable Transactions
If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly you and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain kinds of losses in excess of $2 million. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information return (and possibly your tax return) is audited by the IRS. Please read “— Information Returns and Audit Procedures” above.
Moreover, if we were to participate in a listed transaction or a reportable transaction (other than a listed transaction) with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, you could be subject to the following provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:
• | accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than described above at “— Accuracy-related Penalties,” | |
• | for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability, and | |
• | in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations. |
We do not expect to engage in any reportable transactions.
State, Local and Other Tax Considerations
In addition to federal income taxes, you will be subject to other taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in which you are a resident. We currently do business and own assets in Kentucky, Michigan, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee and West Virginia. We may also own property or do business in other states in the future. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment in us. You may not be required to file a return and pay taxes in some states because your income from that state falls below the filing and payment
92
Table of Contents
requirement. You will be required, however, to file state income tax returns and to pay state income taxes in many of the states in which we may do business or own property, and you may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some states, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and also may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some of the states may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the state. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the state, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld may be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Entity-Level Collections.” Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, we anticipate that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.
It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states and localities, of his investment in us. Ledgewood has not rendered an opinion on the state local, or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us. We strongly recommend that each prospective unitholder consult, and depend on, its own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all tax return that may be required.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We may distribute our securities from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices. We may change these prices from time to time. We may also distribute our securities at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. We will describe the distribution method for each offering in a prospectus supplement.
We may sell our securities in any of the following ways:
• | through underwriters or dealers, | |
• | through agents who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the Securities Act, | |
• | directly to one or more purchasers, and | |
• | directly to holders of warrants exercisable for our securities upon the exercise of their warrants. |
The prospectus supplement or any other offering materials we may use for a particular offering will set forth the terms of the securities we offer, the terms of the offering, purchase price, the proceeds we will receive from the offering, any delayed delivery arrangements, any underwriting arrangements, including underwriting discounts and other items constituting underwriters’ compensation, and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers. We may have agreements with the underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution to indemnify them against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments which they may be required to make.
If we use underwriters in the sale, the securities we offer will be acquired by the underwriters for their own account and may be resold from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale. Our securities may be offered to the public either through underwriting syndicates represented by one or more managing underwriters or directly by one or more firms acting as underwriters. The underwriter or underwriters with respect to a particular underwritten offering of our securities will be named in the prospectus supplement or any other offering materials relating to that offering, and if an underwriting syndicate is used, the managing underwriter or underwriters will be set forth on the cover of that prospectus supplement or in the other offering materials.
If we use dealers in an offering of our securities, we will sell the shares to the dealers as principals. The dealers may then resell the shares to the public at varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. The names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction will be set forth in a prospectus supplement or other offering materials. Any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.
93
Table of Contents
We may also offer our securities directly, or though agents we designate, from time to time at fixed prices, which we may change, or at varying prices determined at the time of sale. We will name any agent we use and describe the terms of the agency, including any commission payable by us to the agent, in a prospectus supplement or other offering materials. Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement or any other offering materials, any agent we use will act on a reasonable best efforts basis for the period of its appointment.
In certain states, our securities may be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in certain states, our securities may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in that state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
Any common units sold pursuant to a prospectus supplement or any other offering materials will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchange. Preferred units, warrants and debt securities may or may not be listed on a national securities exchange.
LEGAL MATTERS
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, certain legal and tax matters will be passed on for us by Ledgewood.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Atlas Energy Resources, LLC as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related combined and consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the three month period ended December 31, 2005 and the year ended September 30, 2005 incorporated by reference in this prospectus, have been so incorporated by reference in reliance upon the report (which report expressed an unqualified opinion and contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47 in 2006) of Grant Thornton LLP, independent public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said report.
The financial statements of DTE Gas & Oil Company as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, have been so incorporated by reference in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said report.
94
Table of Contents
No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized representations or information. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock, shares of preferred stock and warrants offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
ATLAS ENERGY RESOURCES, LLC
ATLAS ENERGY OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
ATLAS ENERGY FINANCE CORP.
Common Units
Preferred Units
Warrants
Debt Securities
Guarantees
PROSPECTUS
March 13, 2008
Table of Contents
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 14. | Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) we expect to pay in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the amounts set forth below are estimated:
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee | $ | (1 | ) | |
Printing fees and expenses(2) | 5,000 | |||
Legal fees and expenses(2) | 20,000 | |||
Accounting fees and expenses(2) | 10,000 | |||
Miscellaneous | 5,000 | |||
TOTAL | $ | 40,000 |
(1) | Deferred in reliance upon Rules 456(b) and 457(r). | |
(2) | Does not include expenses of preparing prospectus supplements and other expenses relating to offerings of particular securities. |
Item 15. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
The section of the prospectus entitled “Our Limited Liability Company Agreement — Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify our directors, officers, managers and affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the limited liability company agreement,Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Act empowers a Delaware limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever.
To the extent that the indemnification provisions of our limited liability company agreement purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 16. | Exhibits |
The Exhibits furnished as part of this registration statement onForm S-3 are identified in the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages of this registration statement. Such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 17. | Undertakings |
(a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no
II-1
Table of Contents
more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
provided, however, that paragraphs 1(i), (1)(ii) and 1(iii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is onForm S-3 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:
(A) Each prospectus filed by a registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
(B) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5) or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii) or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which the prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initialbona fideoffering thereof.Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to the purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of a registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of an undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of an undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of an undersigned registrant or used or referred to by an undersigned registrant;
II-2
Table of Contents
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about an undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of an undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by an undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of such registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(7) To supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by the underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by the underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the underwriters is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, a post-effective amendment will be filed to set forth the terms of such offering.
(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(9) To file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act (“Act”) in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under section 305(b)(2) of the Act.
II-3
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS ENERGY RESOURCES, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||||
/s/ Edward E. Cohen Edward E. Cohen | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | |||||
/s/ Jonathan Z. Cohen Jonathan Z. Cohen | Vice Chairman | |||||
/s/ Richard D. Weber Richard D. Weber | President, Chief Operating Officer and Director | |||||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer and Director | |||||
/s/ Nancy J. McGurk Nancy J. McGurk | Chief Accounting Officer | |||||
/s/ Ellen F. Warren Ellen F. Warren | Director | |||||
/s/ Walter C. Jones Walter C. Jones | Director | |||||
/s/ Bruce M. Wolf Bruce M. Wolf | Director |
II-4
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS ENERGY OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Edward E. Cohen Edward E. Cohen | Chief Executive Officer | |||
/s/ Richard D. Weber Richard D. Weber | President and Chief Operating Officer | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Nancy J. McGurk Nancy J. McGurk | Chief Accounting Officer | |||
Atlas Energy Resources, LLC | Sole member | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones |
II-5
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS ENERGY FINANCE CORP.
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Edward E. Cohen Edward E. Cohen | Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director | |||
/s/ Jonathan Z. Cohen Jonathan Z. Cohen | Vice Chairman and Director | |||
/s/ Richard D. Weber Richard D. Weber | President and Director | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer |
II-6
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS ENERGY MICHIGAN, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Richard L. Redmond Jr. Richard L. Redmond Jr. | President and Chief Executive Officer | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
Atlas Energy Operating Company, LLC | Sole member | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones |
II-7
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS GAS & OIL COMPANY, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Richard D. Weber Richard D. Weber | Chairman | |||
/s/ Richard L. Redmond Jr. Richard L. Redmond Jr. | President and Chief Operating Officer | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
Atlas Energy Michigan, LLC | Sole member | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones |
II-8
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
WESTSIDE PIPELINE COMPANY, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Richard D. Weber Richard D. Weber | Chairman | |||
/s/ Richard L. Redmond, Jr. Richard L. Redmond, Jr. | President and Chief Operating Officer | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
Atlas Gas & Oil Company, LLC | Sole member | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones |
II-9
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
AIC, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Jonathan Z. Cohen Jonathan Z. Cohen | President and Director | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Michael L. Staines Michael L. Staines | Secretary and Director | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | Director |
II-10
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS ENERGY OHIO, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Jonathan Z. Cohen Jonathan Z. Cohen | President | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Michael L. Staines Michael L. Staines | Vice President, Secretary and Director | |||
/s/ Frank P. Carolas Frank P. Carolas | Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | Director |
II-11
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS RESOURCES, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Freddie M. Kotek Freddie M. Kotek | Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | Executive Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Frank P. Carolas Frank P. Carolas | President, Executive Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Michael L. Staines Michael L. Staines | Senior Vice President, Secretary and Director | |||
/s/ Nancy J. McGurk Nancy J. McGurk | Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer |
II-12
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS NOBLE, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Jonathan Z. Cohen Jonathan Z. Cohen | Chairman and Director | |||
/s/ Michael L. Staines Michael L. Staines | President, Secretary and Director | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | Executive Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Frank P. Carolas Frank P. Carolas | Executive Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Nancy J. McGurk Nancy J. McGurk | Treasurer |
II-13
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
ATLAS AMERICA, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Edward E. Cohen Edward E. Cohen | Chairman | |||
/s/ Richard D. Weber Richard D. Weber | President and Director | |||
/s/ Jonathan Z. Cohen Jonathan Z. Cohen | Vice Chairman | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer and Director | |||
/s/ Nancy J. McGurk Nancy J. McGurk | Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer |
II-14
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
AER PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Richard D. Weber Richard D. Weber | Chief Executive Officer, President and Director | |||
/s/ Nancy McGurk Nancy McGurk | Chief Accounting Officer | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | Vice President and Director |
II-15
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
VIKING RESOURCES, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Jonathan Z. Cohen Jonathan Z. Cohen | Chairman | |||
/s/ Michael L. Staines Michael L. Staines | President, Secretary and Director | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Frank P. Carolas Frank P. Carolas | Vice President and Director |
II-16
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
RESOURCE ENERGY, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Michael L. Staines Michael L. Staines | President, Secretary and Director | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | Executive Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Frank P. Carolas Frank P. Carolas | Executive Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Nancy J. McGurk Nancy J. McGurk | Vice President and Treasurer | |||
/s/ Jonathan Z. Cohen Jonathan Z. Cohen | Director |
II-17
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
RESOURCE WELL SERVICES, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | President and Director | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Frank P. Carolas Frank P. Carolas | Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Nancy J. McGurk Nancy J. McGurk | Secretary, Treasurer and Director | |||
/s/ Michael L. Staines Michael L. Staines | Director |
II-18
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Moon Township, Pennsylvania, on March 13, 2008.
REI-NY, LLC
By: | /s/ Matthew A. Jones |
Matthew A. Jones
Chief Financial Officer
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the persons whose signatures appear below, constitute and appoint Richard D. Weber and Matthew A. Jones, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their names, places and steads, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2008.
Signature | Title | |||
/s/ Jeffrey C. Simmons Jeffrey C. Simmons | President and Director | |||
/s/ Frank P. Carolas Frank P. Carolas | Vice President and Director | |||
/s/ Michael L. Staines Michael L. Staines | Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Director | |||
/s/ Matthew A. Jones Matthew A. Jones | Chief Financial Officer | |||
/s/ Nancy J. McGurk Nancy J. McGurk | Secretary and Director |
II-19
Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
The following exhibits are filed herewith pursuant to the requirements of Item 601 ofRegulation S-K:
1 | .1* | Form of Underwriting Agreement | ||
4 | .1(1) | Form of common unit certificate | ||
4 | .2(2) | Indenture dated January 23, 2008 | ||
4 | .3 | Form of Subordinated Indenture of Atlas Energy Resources, LLC | ||
4 | .4* | Form of preferred stock certificate | ||
4 | .5* | Form of warrant agreement | ||
5 | .1 | Opinion of Ledgewood as to the legality of the securities being registered | ||
8 | .1 | Opinion of Ledgewood relating to tax matters | ||
12 | .1 | Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred and Preference Dividend Requirements | ||
23 | .1 | Consent of Grant Thornton LLP | ||
23 | .2 | Consent of Grant Thornton LLP | ||
23 | .3 | Consent of Ledgewood (contained in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1) | ||
24 | .1 | Power of Attorney (included in signature pages) | ||
25 | .1 | Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of the Trustee under the Senior Indenture | ||
25 | .2* | Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of the Trustee under the Subordinated Indenture |
* | To be filed as an exhibit to aForm 8-K or in a post-effective amendment to this registration statement. | |
(1) | Previously filed as Exhibit A to Appendix A to ourForm S-1, filed December 5, 2006. | |
(2) | Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to ourForm 8-K Filed January 24, 2008. |